Home

Teledyne VCR T703U User's Manual

1. 1 2 3 4 5 6 eral Trace Width Requirements 1 Vee 5V and DC should be 15 mil 2 Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils n 3 12V and 12 return should be 30 mils AC Line P 5 4 AC lines AC Line AC Neutral RELAYO 4 All signals JP2 should be 30 mils wide with 120 mil 2 lation creepage distance around them 3 AC Neutral Neutral 5 Traces between J7 J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils 6 Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils A RELAYO A 1vcc RELAYI RNI RI OS 330 22K Q2 2K RELAYO RELAYI JP2 2 Heater Config Jumper 0 16PIN L 2 a COMMONO 0 Fi al a ale boys Ng 12C_Vec TEE E gee a 4 5
2. 1 2 5 6 Fi DIGITAL OUTPUTS gt ORNT S i 1 16 un E E 5 Tacsi 2 NR Las 10000 Eni se rf m BE s 8 E E SN zi inp vo 2 n 3 2 E Orco THEE DL 3 ig ew Dr sal Oe x ijs sc Di 20 SET READ Toa SCE p SEE ow vn Lr i 136 commos x Baan 2 x 3 xx FEE x 135 FEBEAD 3 2 6 x u 7 17 Ty x TERNBLOCK A4 T59 FEBEAD g a 5 8 mm P 10000 pF 5 p 10000 10000 pF serere 1 X son 2 x un 3 x 1 MR 2 000 Juss no Ore 3 x gt bo 298 8 s FX E i5 c xx rye bu 5 16 8 9 Bl 5 E ijs 10000 pF SH x ki RELAYSeor 8 B ivu Z
3. 1 z 3 5 m ISOLATED 020A OPTIONAL BOARDS vec suca macar m voa eem cni 5 ume 2 TS roe ANALOG VOLTAGE amp CURRENT OUTPUT DN Vee H us Drs VOB OPA4277UA FE BEAD MES 10 1032 POT DIGITAL 11 o m2 alse E na 15 1 rally RS0000421 8 15 Es A e 0 15 u com E ES cs 8 1 ums vm nunca 17 3 ES ma ER wamay 2 ee cidg one M mm 211 Di we Lia cai 02 m wae Tees 1 atii 17 ODAS 3 Jaz AGND2 LE RE 87 p 10000 Bs aamua E 5 af pie d Tvanray Z 06 SHON s weore lt Li Sc me as LEN vec pom owe 4 21
4. 3 3 B s 1 EET 100000127 2 Bem OPAZITIUA 3 B om 4 M on a asv 7 7 H i asvasv ae MEE 9 5 a Yoo 10 10 TPI ANALOG INPUTS 0 15 uF ceramic F n x 35V TANTALO 7 TN opr 0000232 Won us 0000282 ete zi I 28 RIS ME 3 fn x 1 iw 1205 CIP uu 0 15 uF cer 2 j UNE i CHE 2 8 Opan gt prre TEMPMUX gt 145 vss 0 15 uF 6 j with 0 or slightly Tr m ler 15 cn 0 er 120 15 uP ceramic 2277 Eu Zn ow DH m T n TL Ww X6 uss vec cas CHIL y N10 100444 0 9 SN me 3E ids PT E T CHIS i d 14 E 14 15 W T 15 10 uF 35V TANTALUM 6 75 15 1 e 10 LOS on 14 us mx im amp s 49 06 Eggs FRA Ni 0 vec
5. E 3 5 2 mm DB FEMALE x1 41 amp s comt x 8 Tic B i D DSI DS2 9 I A T ve TV ARRAY 8 Len RED Len GR at 120 I m i m pom pt m DCE side f switch is side towards pin 1 1 T m i Lig CREER pew y i LIE TB E 3 E FANE i c Rts ES d i 7 15 E En 2 A DE B ore aL o r I c p voc uvis Bess 777 hwamux sum E Y DM SWstiDEAPDT NOTINSTALLED NorINSTALLED 2 ui s NOT INSTALLED SMDAISLOC 4 2 LED GRN e MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTNGHOLE MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTING HOLE mis es meis 412V 2VRETHSV 15V b b i i 4 4 4 m E ns MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTNGHOLE MOUNTINGHOLE MOUNTING HOLE s Tere crois 1 Y ty S vee pim 5 1035 35 TANTALUM iT a 10 uP 35V TANTALUM om DL D9 R35 mast be no isa xs NormstALLED Schematic Sos S Motherboard PCA PN 05802 e Nube xoi P M secar i z 3 E 0 17 0 18
6. 6 07223C DCN6572 1 2 3 5 6 A Tes avas soav RS 4 T6 30K C 0 001 487K conas lI er Re T 33v 12 D2 ac e mune TEE esi TP 220F 63V MBRMI2ULTIG 12 6 4 70F 16V m JMK3IGBIZ26KL GMK107BJ105KA lt 806 TMK325BI226MM ce Sik les 4 GMKIOTBIIOSKA T 9 4 C Biagna y TV RBS RIS 5 96 Q 20 3 RIS 100K R16 n jLeu CATAISTD GTS FDV305N 1 1 a 16 E m 15 RIS 10 Lew z 033 2 oo 0220 BACKE 31 za E E EEG 470pf 5 E jew _ n DefsultR27B Wer Toi 3 10K cT GMK107BJ105KA Default NI RO jumper s ps Backlight Brightness Control SW Control Mode R22 R27 R31 Remote Video Port NO A NO Opt Main Sw Remote DC YES B NO
7. 4 S 1 a UI HIS 7 a TOT 1 i pls A4 rH r gt w a e 32 8 mat mslu nos IE E 2 DI E 13 Do yim AL D TE us 34 29 2 15 2 2 as Fe 1c0000191 m v des 9 NUS viru A HESS T4HCSAY imet b 4 As bo 1 Sa o 1093 A I AT 2 10 Yo 10 ge w X A eds AR D n m po p 21 0 1 ato 27 AE An Yu Psa 02 16 pimi 1 p R25 m 28 TOE Boa SO 1 Dr 2 A m Gum 352 9 18 88 s 0 Bil AH IKSTALLED vs i 1 2 Boy DE 014 Ais Fg fA voc 3 A pus As 3 20 4 An HES MICROFTI as DES ae 2 2 ae 15066 2 weurpy po m E 35 vec p imi 07 vmm DEFAULT RED smt 1206 6 D H 0 1 INSTALLED vec Pim 142 donl n PCB ES E DS esses suns s AER mae 7 J0CHECK imm As ES 5 ro m Tila HEADER DEFAULTED 1 TM vasi Ao 0 15 uF ceramic I T sm m 2 m ao FS w ooy dmr api E uet 3 62 F 1
8. Analog Outputs TEST 8 CHANNEL 44 504 Status Outputs i 5 OUTPUT 1 8 5 Aout 3 sr Control Outputs g Aout 2 1 12 E Aam Control Inputs 8 1 49 Touchscreen Display po External Digital O Generator Input Powar Up PC 104 Pressure Sensor Seca CPU Card o Photometer Sample Gas g Hi 5 Disk on Pressure Sensor 8 g Module E 8 Flash Box Chip Temperature CPU Sans LED Photometer WR Valve Thermistor Interface Bus Divert Valve Generator KR ad UV 02 Generator RELAY PCA O Gon Valve Lamp Reference and Detector Photometer EEG 2 Ts Seid Uv Tene 5 Photometer emperature atus Temperature ics Lamp Heater Lamp Supply Photometer Sample Gas Temperature Generator Lamp Heater Photometer Photometer Detector Preamp Photometer hat Lamp Power Supply Pump Figure 9 3 Electronic Block D iagram The core of the calibrator is a microcomputer referred to as the CPU that controls various internal processes interprets data mal specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API es calculations and reports results using It communicates with the user as well as receives data from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices via a se
9. ENTR EXIT Accepts selected Leaves O3 BCAL DARK X X TIME 21 29M O3 generator generator mode mode unchanged and H H ENTR EXIT returns to Requires Password initiates previous menu authorization automatic Dur Toggle to set the i Only appears when the calibrator is Allows calibration of the O minutes 3 procedure NOT running a programmed sequence photometer bench See Chapter 8 for more information Figure A 2 Toggle to set the hour 24 hr clock PRIMARY SETUP MENU Basics A 4 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 70 MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees MAIN MENU SETUP SEQ EDIT PRNT EXIT PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Inserts a new sequence vE Edits existing sequence Cycles through list of already programmed calibration sequences SET SET Create edit the name of the channel Number of times to execute the same sequence repeatedly 1 100 or to execute indefinitely 1 REPEAT COUNT CC INPUT Enables or Disables the calibrator s digital contact closure 1 inputs that can be used to initiate the sequences remotely Enables or Disables the calibrator s digital contact closure outputs Enables or Disables the calibrat
10. Turns the CC 4 ENTR accepts the input ON OFF new setting SETUP X X STATUS BLOCK 2 0 0000000 lt CH CH gt 0 ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the Moves the new setting cursor one character left or ENTR accepts the right new setting Toggle to turn the selected bit ON OFF 0 or 1 Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control output pins located on the back of the calibrator The left most bit is Bit 1 the next bit to the right bit 2 progressing rightward to bit 8 07223C DCN6572 97 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 98 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 COMMUNICATIONS 5 1 USING THE ANALYSER S COMMUNICATION PORTS The T703 is equipped with two serial communication ports labeled RS232 male DB 9 connector and COM2 female DB 9 connector a USB com port and an Ethernet port located on the rear panel The RS232 COM1 and COM2 ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to communicate with issue commands to and receive data from the calibrator through an external computer system or terminal e RS 232 port COM1 can also be configured to operate in standard or RS 232 multidrop mode Section 5 3 e 2 port is configured for standard RS 232 operation by default but be co
11. 07223C DCN6572 Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 10 1 Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities 220 Table 10 2 Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX A VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX Model T703 SPARE PARTS LIST APPENDIX C Model T703 REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE APPENDIX D Model T703 ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS xvi 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual GENERAL INFORMATION PARTI GENERAL INFORMATION 07223C DCN6572 17 GENERAL INFORMATION Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 18 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION This manual provides information and operation instructions for the Model T703 and the Model T703U calibrators For simplicity the information and instructions in this manual refer to both models except where the Model T703U diverges in technical or operational aspects in which case the T703U is clearly defined 1 1 T703 T703U CALIBRATOR OVERVIEW The Model T703 and the T703U are microprocessor controlled ozone calibrators for calibration of precision ambient ozone instruments such as the TAPI T400 They feature an internal ozone photometer that provides very accurate closed loop feedback
12. PX FW PHOTUMETER 703U OZONE CALIBRATOR WIZERO PUMP AND S O VALVE Figure 6 8 Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point T703U 144 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 4 2 2 Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration During the PHOTO FLOW calibration the T703 T703U software automatically turns the DC pump downstream from the photometer OFF and the AC dry air pump ON Once the PHOTO FLOW has been calibrated Section 8 4 1 menu sequence included here for continuity the next step is to adjust the ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW values to match the flow measured by the external flow meter in order to calibrate the output gas flow ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW as follows SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU An external flow O3 SE CLK PASS MORE EXIT meter is needed to perform this JPXX SECONDARY SETUP MENU 1 COMM VARS DIAG EXIT SETUP ENTER PASSWORD This 8 8 ENTR EXIT portion of 1 the 1 ot PASSWORD correct DIAG SIGNAL VO performed PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT in the preceding section Continue pressing NEXT unti m PHOTO FLOW SENSOR CAL PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG WAITING FOR FLOW ment is 1 ng the photo P es a gt ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW 1 000LPM 4 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT d
13. MORE COM1 MODE 0 SET SET EDI EXIT SECONDARY SETUP MENU Y COMM Continue pressing lt SET or SET gt until 1 PORT INIT AT YO amp DO amp H amp 10 COMMUNICATIONS MENU SET SET EDIT EXIT D 2 1 PORT INIT AT YO amp DO amp H amp 10 EXIT discards the new setting DEL ENTR EXIT The CH and CH keys move the cursor left and right along the text string ENTR accepts the new setting The INS and CH key inserts a new character before the The DEL deletes character at Toggle this key to cycle through the available character set e Alpha A Z Upper and Lower cursor position the cursor Case position Special Characters space amp _ lt gt Numerals 0 9 07223C DCN6572 111 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual To Initialize the modem press GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM1COM2 COM1 MODE 0 SET SET EDIT Continue pressing SET or SET unti COM1 INITIALIZE MODEM SET SET INIT INITIALIZING MODE Test Runs Automatically d MODEM INITIALIZED PREV NEXT OFF If there is a problem initializing the modem the message MODEM NOT INITIALIZED will appear 112 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U
14. PHOTO ZERO IN ZEROARIN DS 3 PHOTO ZERO OUT m PHOTON eec PHOTO OUT CALGAS OUT HEEE PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 9 2 Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies T703U 191 07223C DCN6572 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 1 1 1 Photometer Critical Flow Orifice Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice a pressure differential is created This pressure differential combined with the action of the calibrator s pump draws the gas through the orifice As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice the pump side continues to drop the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise Once the ratio of upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2 1 the velocity of the gas through the orifice reaches the speed of sound As long as that ratio stays at least 2 1 the gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations surges or changes in downstream pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical flow orifice The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice volume of gas per unit of time de
15. 166 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 1 3 USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL FUNCTION The Signal I O parameters found under the DIAG Menu combined with a thorough understanding of the instruments Theory of Operation found in Section 9 are useful for troubleshooting in three ways e technician can view the raw unprocessed signal level of the calibrator s critical inputs and outputs e of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control ofthe CPU can be manually exercised e technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output signals This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling these signals on the operation of the calibrator Figure 8 1 is an example of how to use the Signal I O menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal The specific parameter will vary depending on the situation 07223C DCN6572 167 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual PREV NEXT JUMP Make sure that the pf T calibrator is in eset STBY SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU MM VARSFLOW DIAG EXIT E EN
16. From ICOP CPU ANNE To LCD Display Ul 333V VAD6 44 po yom A YO N 7 45 pi yor 40 YO P VADE 47 p LESSE VAD8 47 VAD9 48 gip TE Header 22X2 VADIO 35 Y2N n D4 Y2M T 9 yop 34__Y2P Y2N VADO VADI VBDIO 4 3 4 D6 26 CLKIN YIP VAD2 VBDII 6 CLKIN Bd vabo y 07 2 OKOUN G5 08 32 CLKOUT P YIN VAD6 a 76 VAD7 VADI 9 CLKOUTP VOS VADS fn 4B VADI VAD2 10 pio 27 VADIO iB A VADIT vn E SHTDN m 433V AE P S 15 16 DI2 NC gt CLKOUT P 10 17 18 W 157 yrs Nc AX VBD4 16 o 19 20 pia 2 CLKOUT N Pn 2 80 pis VBD2 oA en VBD3 See Die vec VBD4 e VBDS VBD7 20 pij o VBD6 o VBD7 ig m BACKE 23 pis LVDSVCC gt VBDIO 51 op VBDII VBDE 257 D PLLVCC 9 BaN SB ES 221 5 VLDSGND 42 35 36 RI GND 36 VBDE i VLDSGND gt 37 38 R2 10K 7 GND l 39 40 24 GND 30 41 42 GND PLLGND 25 n 46 GND A 63168 05000101 00 SN7SLVDS84A ii BACKL 4333V p 2 Yo P B YO N YLP 2 58 YIN YZN Y2P CLKOUT N W m CLKOUT 333V 13 14 A A Header 7X2 1 c2 cs cs ce c7 co Tite 2 6 1 JMK316BJ226KL 0 1 fooi Jor for foo foo LVDS Transmitter Board La L4 x Size Number Revision A 06882 B Date 57772010 Sheet Tof 1 File NAPCBMGR 06882 PI RO Sch
17. PRIMARY SETUP MENU An external flow meter SEQ MORE is needed to perform this operation SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 8 1 8 ENTR Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL VO PREV NEXT Continue pressing NEXT until PHOTO FLOW SENSOR CAL PREV NEXT ENTR WAITING FOR FLOW Instrument is calibrating the photo flow ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW 1 000 LPM At this point the photo 1 ENTR EXIT flow has been calibrated The next step in the menu is to adjust this reading to match the flow value as measured by the external flow meter See section on Calibrating the Output Gas Flow 07223C DCN6572 143 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 4 2 CALIBRATING THE OUTPUT GAS FLOW 6 4 2 1 Output Gas Flow Set Up The procedure described in this section requires an independent calibrated flow meter monitor and the following set up ORY AIR IN E PHOTO ZERO iN PHOTO ZERO OUT exaust PHOTO our FLOW gt METER VENT ero PX FM PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 6 7 Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point T703 2 ZEROARIN d RI mos FLOW lez non Ft UM
18. EXIT discards the new setting Toggle these to set the dwell ENTR accepts time forthe point i the new setting peccant CAL POINT DURATION 00 MIN 5 gt EDIT EXIT NOTE CAL POINT DURATION 00 MIN When a point is added to the table ELA Tu its default condition is ON enabled CAL POINT DURATION 0 0 MIN EXIT discards 9 9 ENTR EXT the new setting Toggle to set the dwell ime Ly CT ENTRaccepts for the point the new settin a P 134 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 2 4 DELETING GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS To delete an existing calibration point press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby e STBY SEQ SETUP emos gt PRIMARY SETUP MENU SECONDARY SETUP MENU DIAG Continue pressing NEXT uni ENTER PASSWORD CALIBRATION 8 1 8 ENTR NEXT ENTR Toggle to enter the correct 4 1 PASSWORD 15 GEN CALIBRATION PREV NEXT 1 500 MV 5 0 MIN ON PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT Continue pressing PREV amp NEXT until your Y Teach the point to be deleted 8 1500 MV 5 0 MIN ON PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT DELETE DELETED INS DEL EDIT EXIT 8 200
19. 50 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 4 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE GENERATE MODE The GENERATE mode is the mode of operation where the T703 T703U is actively producing calibration gas either zero or some specified concentration of ozone In the GENERATE mode the Zero Air Pump if enabled and Photometer Pump are turned on 4 4 1 GENERATE gt AUTO BASIC GENERATION OF CALIBRATION GAS This is the simplest procedure for generating calibration gas mixtures calibration gas press To generate The calibrator will stay in generate mode until the STBY button is pressed The calibrator will now enter GENERATE mode Make sure that the calibrator is in GEN STBY SEQ SETUP STANDBY mode ISTANDBY SYSTEM F AUTO ISTANDBY GENERATE ZERO ZERO ENTR SETUP Toggle to switch to Press ENTR now to generation generate ZERO air LLL GENERATE GENERATE 0 0 PPB 0 0 PPB ENTR EXIT Toggle to to scroll through the available units of measure J GENERATE GENERATE 0 0 PPB 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new gas type amp Toss target concentration putters Pee ENTR accepts the new gas type amp target target concentration L concentration STANDBY CAL 30 PPB TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP 07223C DCN6572 51 Operating the Ca
20. COMPUTER 2 Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is communicating with a computer operated control program When enabled the serial port requires a password before it will respond The only SECURITY 4 command that is active is the help screen CR When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from 7 1 2048 No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit to Even parity 7 data bits 1 stop bit 1024 Configures the COM2 Port for RS 485 communication RS 485 mode has precedence RS 485 over multidrop mode if both are enabled MULTIDROP 32 Multidrop protocol allows a multi instrument configuration on a single communications PROTOCOL channel Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs ENABLE 64 Enables to send a modem initialization string at power up Asserts certain lines in the MODEM RS 232 port to enable the modem to communicate ERROR j 128 Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations CHECKING XON XOFF 256 Disables XON XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking HANDSHAKE HARDWARE Enables CTS RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking This style of data HANDSHAKE 8 transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument s APICOM software HARDWARE 512 Disables the HARDWARE FIFO First In First Out When FIFO is enabled it FIFO improves dat
21. LAMP DRIVER WARN The generator lamp temperature is outside of O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING P allowable limits The generator s reference detector has dropped GEN REFERENCE WARNING below the minimum allowable limit The pump associated with the photometer has failed O3 PUMP WARNING to turn on The photometer lamp temperature is outside of PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING allowable limits The photometer reference reading is outside of PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING allowable limits The calibrator s motherboard was not detected during REAR BOARD NOT DET power up The firmware is unable to communicate with the calibrator s relay board The calibrator has been turned off and on or the CPU was reset RELAY BOARD WARN SYSTEM RESET 07223C DCN6572 41 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 4 4 FUNCTIONAL CHECK 1 After the calibrator s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes verify that the software properly supports any hardware options that are installed 2 Check to make sure that the calibrator is functioning within allowable operating parameters Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the calibrator s front panel as well as their expected values These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your calibrator see Section 8 1 2 The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data s
22. Toggles to switch to generation IGENERATE 0 0 GENERATI 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT Only appears when warning messages are active Only appears when an one or more calibration PCT sequences are programmed into the calibrator s PPT memory PPM oggle these buttons to set the target concentration of the calibrator output for this gas Figure A 1 Main Menu 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX 1 Software Menu Trees Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 03 MODE CNST REF BNCH Press one of these to select mode for generator MAIN MENU SETUP T CFG CLK PASS MORE See PRIMARY SETUP A Menu a s See SECONDARY SEQUENCE Submenu OFF SETUP Menu PREV NEXT TIME DATE ADJ PHOT MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER PART NUMBER SETUP X X TIME 21 29M SERIAL NUMBER SOFTWARE REVISION D D LIBRARY REVISION iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION Only appears if INET option is installed Causes the drive voltage of the optional O generator to 2500 mV This is used to manually adjust the MON ENTR EXIT CPU TYPE amp OS REVISION DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION SAVED position of the generators UV Lamp Toggle to set the month Toggle to set the 2 Toggle to set the digit year day of the month
23. STANDBY GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 0 4 0 PPB ENTR EXIT GENERATE ACT 400 PPB O3 Wait A MINIMUM 10 MINUTES or until the ACT reading settles down SET SET GEN STBY SEQ SETUP test function and by the external reference photometer Repeat this procedure for as many points along the performance range of the calibrator as required Ca concentration readings displayed by the NOTE The readings recorded from the ACT test function and the external reference photometer should be within 1 of each other 07223C DCN6572 127 Calibration and Verification Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 1 3 CALIBRATING THE O PHOTOMETER The following procedure sets values held in the calibrator s memory of for zero point OFFSET and SLOPE 6 1 3 1 Photometer Zero Calibration To set the zero point offset for the T703 Photometric Calibrator s photometer press GEN STBY S SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU o3 SEQ MORE O3 GAS CONFIG MODE PHOT O3 GAS CONFIG BCAL DARK SYSTEM ENTER PASSWORD O 19 9 o ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons until PASSWORD 717 O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL CAL Press ZERO if using the BENCH CALXZRO Internal ZERO XZRO ENTR Generator Press XZRO if using an External Generator The Param field displays the Test Func
24. TCLIGAINA JGAINB 5 THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR RI HAMITHERM m 5K _U8 TCI 5MVA TCI SMVB z s TOUT 3 Rio 5 iz 22 TCLIGAINA 25 100pF 2 Microrrr 20 R9 H7 TCLKCOMP 3 10K TCLGNDTCA 5 TCLIGANA z Eram i TCLICOMPA 111025 TCEGNDICA m 4 TCLJGAINB 10 GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT TCLSMVB 1 No extra connections are necessary fr grounded thermocouples 13 FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES TCL 13 short TCX GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB sy TCL GNDICB 14 p FORK THERMOCOUPLE 1 Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector 2 Short only TCX_KCOMPA to KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug 4 Leave pins of the plug unconnected R20 TC2 KCOMPA FOR J THERMOCOUPLE THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR aM 1 Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector OMEGA F6 2 JCOMPA 2 Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXICOMPB on TC Programming Plug J16 1 8 AMP FUSE T 3 Short JGAINA to JGAINB on TC Programming Plug 4 Leave KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected 2 t s gt UB DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C Pe ek TC2 GNDTCA R4 Pe 5 For 5 mV per deg C output short 5MVA TO _5 1 8 AMP FUSE Ve s 1 T R22 zrs TCZ GND 106 JI6A QUK 15V ay 2277 1k 6 s 143K m 0 01 TC2JGAINA
25. 07223C DCN6572 217 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 6 4 1 Photometer Temperature Control In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the Os photometer is maintained at a constant 58 C This is intentionally set at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the operating environment to make sure that local changes in temperature do not affect the UV Lamp If the lamp temperature falls below 56 C or rises above 61 a warning is issued by the calibrator s CPU This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA Section 9 2 3 2 The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from the instrument s front panel PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in e PHOTO STEMP The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube reported in C 9 6 4 2 Pneumatic Sensors for the Photometer The several sensors located on the pneumatic sensor just to the left rear of the O generator assembly measure the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside the photometer s absorption tube This information is used by the CPU to calculate the concentration of the sample gas See Equation 9 7 Both of these measurements are made downstream from the absorption tube but upstream of the pump A critical flow orifice located between the flow sensor and the pump maintains the gas fl
26. 4 5 2 3 The DURATION Step The duration step causes the T703 T703U to continue performing whatever action was called for by the preceding step of the sequence e If that step put the instrument into STANDBY mode the calibrator stays in STANDBY mode for the period specified by the DURATION step e If that step put the instrument into GENERATE mode the will continue to GENERATE whatever calibration mixture was programmed into that step for the period specified by the DURATION step To insert a DURATION step into a sequence press Starting at the STEPS Submenu INSERT STEP Submenu ISETUP XX INSERT STEP GENERATE PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT Use PREV and NEXT to scroll though the list of available instructions ISETUP XX INSERT STEP DURATION ENTR EXIT ISETUP X X DURATION 1 0 MIN ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons to set DURATION of this L Sep gt SETUPXX 3 DURATION 100 MIN PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT 64 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 2 4 The EXECSEQ Step The EXECSEQ step allows the sequence to call another already programmed sequence This is a very powerful tool in that it allows the user to create a toolbox of often used operations that can then be mixed and matched by an overhead sequence To insert an EXECSEQ step into a sequence press Starting at the STEPS Submenu
27. ENTR EXIT REGULATOR PRESS 1250mV 1500 my DEFAULT c 2000 mV Toggle to set the flow rate of the 3000 mv SET SET EDIT photometer sample gas 4000 mV 5000 mV CAL POINT DRIVE CAL POINT DURATION CAL POINT ENABLE IDIAG O3GEN CAL POINT DRIVE 0 MV DIAG O3GEN CAL POINT DURATION O 0 MIN du 0 o 0 ENTR EXIT 0 0 ENTR EXIT OFF Toggle to adjust parameter Figure A 6 SECONDARY SETUP Menu DIAG Submenu GAS CONFIGURATION 8 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees MAIN MENU SETUP LVL PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT Inserts a new Level M S Eilts existing Level Cycles through list of already programmed Levels SET SET EXIT Only appears when the optional LEADS software is installed LEVEL NUMBER STATUS BLOCK 1 STATUS BLOCK 2 SETUP XX LEVEL NUMBER O ISETUP XX ACTION TO PERFORM EDIT ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT OFF ON GENERATE MANUAL ENTR Toggle to set LEVEL ID Number GENERATE GENERATE ZERO MANUAL CAL GAS TYPE ZERO MANUAL STATUS BLOCK 1 or 2 010000000 ZERO ENTR EXIT ZERO ENTR EXIT CH CH gt 0 ENTR EXIT Toggle to switch to generation SETUP CAL GAS FLOW 0 0000 LPM Toggle to select t
28. NSERTSTEP Submenu y INSERT STEP GENERATE PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll though the list of available instructions fSETUPXX 1 ENTR EXIT SETUP xXx EXECUTE SEQUENCE A1 REV NEXT ENTR EXIT Press to scroll though the list of available Sequences 27 SETUP XX DURATION 10 0 MIN PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT 07223C DCN6572 65 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 2 5 The CC OUTPUT Step This instruction causes the sequence to set or reset the calibrator s digital control outputs It is very useful in situations where the control outputs are being used to trigger other devices that need to be turned off and on in synch with the operation of the calibrator as it progress through the sequence To insert a CC OUTPUT step into a sequence press Starting at the STEPS Submenu INSERT STEP Submenu SETUP X X INSERT STEP GENERATE ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll though the list of available instructions i SETUP X X INSERT STEP SETCCOUTPUT ENTR EXIT ISETUP XX SET CC OUTPUT ENABLE OFF OFF ENTR EXIT Toggle to turn the CC input ON OFF SETUP SET CC OUTPUT ENABLE ON EXIT discards the ON ENT
29. PIN LEFT TO RIGHT STATUS 1 CONTROL OUT 1 CONTROL OUT 2 CONTROL OUT 3 CONTROL OUT 4 CONTROL OUT 5 CONTROL OUT 6 CONTROL OUT 7 CONTROL OUT 8 CONTROL OUT 9 10 CONTROL OUT 10 11 CONTROL OUT 11 12 CONTROL OUT 12 o o s o o 5 o m To test the Control Output electronics 1 Connect a jumper between the E pin and the V pin on the status output connector 2 Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the pin and the pin for the status output that is being tested 3 Connect a voltmeter between the V pin and the pin of the output being tested see Table 8 12 4 Under the DIAG SIGNAL menu See Section8 1 3 scroll through the inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question 5 Alternately turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter e It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF There are two major types of CPU board failures a complete failure and a failure associated with the Disk On Module If either of these failures occurs contact the factory For complete failures assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the wiring is intact the CPU is faulty if on power on the watchdog LED on the motherboard is not flashing In some rare circumstances this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard specifically U57 the large 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board If
30. Touch Screen Controller USB amp SV Utility Controller USB2HUB Front Panel Interface PCA Powered Powered Figure 9 11 Front Panel Layout USBA USB2 07223C DCN6572 203 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board The touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse 9 3 1 1 Front Panel Interface PCA The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and touchscreen For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video controller and the LCD display module This PCA also contains e power supply circuitry for the LCD display module e a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and the two front panel USB device ports e circuitry for powering the display backlight 9 4 SOFTWARE OPERATION The calibrator s core module is a high performance Vortex 86SX based microcomputer running Windows CE Inside Windows CE special software developed by Teledyne API interprets user commands from the various interfaces performs procedures and tasks stores data in the CPU s various memory devices and calculates the concentration of the gas being sampled Windows CE A
31. 07223C DCN6572 29 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Zero Air Shutoff Valve Option Photometer Pump Photometer Power Pressure Flow Supplies Sensor for O Generator and Photometer O Generator Assembly Internal Zero Air Pump Pressure Option Sensor Assembly Regulator and Filters Assembly Regulator Adjustment Knob Figure 3 7 T703U Internal Layout Top View 30 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started zeroan DG PHOTO ZERO IN 2s ZERO OUT L EXHAUST PHOTO IN pu CALGAS OUT CALGAS OUT VENT ORYAR IN 6 HEHE 7030 OZONE CALIBRATOR WIZERO PUMP AND S O VALVE Figure 3 8 T703U Pneumatic Diagram 07223C DCN6572 31 Getting Started Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS NOTE To maintain compliance with EMC standards it is required that the cable length be no greater than 3 meters for all connections which include Analog Out Control Out Status Control In Ethernet LAN USB RS 232 and RS 485 3 2 1 POWER CONNECTION Verify the correct line voltage and frequency configuration on the serial number tag on the rear panel of the T703 Attach the power cord to the calibrator and plug it into a power o
32. Generator Make sure that the ps calibrator is in Standby Use these buttons to select a control GEN STBY SEQ SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT GAS CONFIG MODE i These buttons initiate procedures for calibrating and verifying the operation of the Os Generator and Photomete SETUP X X GEN MODE BNCH CNST REF BNCH ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting GAS CONFIG MODE EXIT 07223C DCN6572 43 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 4 7 SETTING THE OUTPUT FLOW RATE The output flow rate must consider both the total gas flow requirements of all analyzers connected to the output manifold and the minimum output flow of the generator Figure 3 14 shows a close up of the regulator assembly 3 4 7 1 Calculating Output Flow Rate First add the sum of the flow requirements of all of the instruments to which the T703 T703U will be supplying calibration gas plus 1 LPM excess flow For example if the T703 is expected to supply calibration gas mixtures simultaneously to two analyzers each requiring 0 8 LPM the minimum Total Flow output would be 0 8 0 8 1 0 2 6 LPM Second calculate the flow rate requirements of the generator output which must remain above the minimum specification of 20 PPB LPM Use the following equation to det
33. detector readings to sample 07223C DCN6572 A 11 APPENDIX A 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Teledyne API Models T703 1703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description Units Value Range DARK OFFSET mV 0 1000 1000 Photometer dark offset for measure and reference readings FILT SIZE Samples 32 1 100 Moving average filter size FILT ASIZE Samples 6 1 100 Moving average filter size in adaptive mode FILT DELTA PPB 20 1 1000 Absolute concentration difference to trigger adaptive filter FILT PCT Percent 5 1 100 Percent concentration difference to trigger adaptive filter FILT DELAY Seconds 60 0 60 Delay before leaving adaptive filter mode FILT ADAPT ON OFF ON ON enables adaptive filter OFF disables it PDELTA GAIN PPB din Hg 0 200 200 Multiplied by difference between measure and reference pressure and added to concentration PDELTA CAL DUR Minutes 5 0 1 20 Duration of pressure compensation calibration procedure O3 SLOPE CONST 1 0 0 1 10 Constant factor to keep visible slope near 1 O3 SLOPE 1 0 850 1 150 Os photometer slope O3 OFFSET PPB 0 1000 1000 photometer offset O3 BCAL SET PPB 400 0 1 10000 Target concentration during bench span calibration O3 PUMP STARTUP ON OFF ON pump startup enable ON enables startup procedure O3 PUMP
34. 15 Ei 8 8 C20 DAC RANGE amp OFFSET PROGRAM act cs d P MS ar uses 8 QR652 2 1 D 21 Sal ee 10000 pF BV 0 1508 commie 8 49 ppm 21 58 8 2 4 ii cu onam 225 LT 6 12 a 3 6 E Mied m 2 4 5 IE Y R36 0 Install R36 amp E 2 wee AGNDS TK 180 R37 if4 20 mA ion 018 uF conie mud B voc m B sd 2 w mcnar mov 2 1 e irera E mav i espace 0 15 uP ceramic DAciv 4 3 bi ee DUALDAC AZ MN e 4 U34 DIGITAL DAC2 QPAGTIUR T 23 22 3 SOCKET UN wi 22 218 3 21 2 To 9 21 fo MCROFI10 lt ae ia oms 8 spo OPA427TUA we 5 Md a gt a AGND2 1 m m smi tEn vec 8 gt 9 18 10 bebsaoct s tae mimm E MBRS340CTNZ nm e s ae 6 Scherui for E Serios G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802 z 5 m Mat elected M 05803 B orad Dis rN T T Flor 1 z E E 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572
35. DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL Continue pressing SET until you reach output to be configured DIAG AIO ET SET EDIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT RANGE 5V SET EDIT TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL EXIT DIAG AIO lt SET SET gt EDIT Toggle to turn the Over Range feature ON TEST_OUTPUT OVERRANGE ON EXIT DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT OVERRANGE ON ENTR EXIT ON OFF DIAG AIO OFF TEST_OUTPUT OVERRANGE OFF ENTR EXIT 07223C DCN6572 79 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 9 1 5 Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal be significantly different from the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise around the zero point This can be achieved by defining a zero offset a small voltage e g 10 of span To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG VO CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET gt CAL EXIT Continue pressing SET until you reach the output to be configured DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL SET SET EDIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT OUTPUT 5V SET EDIT EXIT C C
36. ee 5 pcres74 Opt Lang Sw Fixed Bright default NO B B D Title GUI Interface Sus Number Revision E 06698 5 Date 6 24 2010 Sheet 20 4 File NAPCBMGR 06696 P2 R3 schdoc DrawnBy RT 1 2 3 5 5 07223C DCN6572 D 25 0 26 1 2 3 5 5 USB B MINI 29 off 6 sva Usgsav 33v Sade fine our 6 24 SHTON 4 m n Ub C29 3 DN c 70 mE FBIS 4 L no R34 a svND EL E USB3 3V Hs YEL SD A 3515 C37 001uF psi ll sv cx0 5 R29 new TScreen 100K Bo 70553 004 scc SDA ii 3 4 vspiav A pA EE RE 4 Blo GND a 1 8 3 4 22012 apt i uo DIET 1 USBA RA ik To old TScreen m UJ vr FL m 70553 004 Ras a E 45V lt 12 E d QsA SV a a d p c4o 7 sv GND 232955 BUS 5 FCEELE 8 8 ce ras T 26397488 18 sv GND s OE veus 2 susp g 9 T A 224 FE usB33v ee 8 T FBMH3216HMSOINT 3p US aud USB us 8 32 I5 Soen Vm 1 0 USBA VERT CHASSIS E 3 rave ap 5 SV 5 RBIAS 36 DK 2 E m FBIO 05 a la fe fn fol fo 5V GND C42 c gt ors M gt o
37. 52 ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR LMAO40CIZ TP4 5 TP2 1 31 54 OUTS2 OUT S3 OUT 10 REF GND 15V J1 3 6 2 5 1 4 MINIFIT FLOW SENSOR R1 499 FM 4 15V C3 1 0 aona The information herein is the property of APT and is submitted in strictest con fidence for reference only Unauthorized use by anyone TELEDYNE SCH PCA 04003 PRESS FLOW E SERIES any information contained CHECKED DRAWING NO B 04354 REVISION D in it may not be duplicated without proper authorization APPROVED LAST MOD 3 Dec 2007 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572 R6 4 0K PHOTOCELL 1 L 15V D1 TEST PLU pg RM PHOTO OUT J 10K n 1 0K FT 10u 75V 18V WZ C5 02 10 15V NU vec 7 U2 45V VR2 1 T LT146083 2 5 2 ND 1 2 25 ac wee ND N OUT 25 RE 0 zia 2 our 5 SOK 6 CS ND ND LTC2413 ac 01 PCA VERSION TABLE PCA R1 04120 0000 4 99 04120 0200 2 0 The information herein is the prope
38. EL mpm mil ape ele pay 8 mN 2 4 usie ve 6 mC AD TP64 DAcK2 38 ba 5 39 RESET LIES 37 TaauciGUos m 36X m 1 KBINT es i 3 sal SDA 5 mos LS ddr side pw We af 5 1607 1 2 Do T svscik S UQ ue 1 deren psa 5 g i us 5 3 bii D n DB3 DGND Ais p USA m iE Ts 7 s vec He 5 iat 9 usia lt w mes T msoooosia 5 uk L3 2 EE E La R9 DRO i 422 1 Ei ie EEO ES T m 275 ap 8 gt sot ps7 spa 056 X WR mue awe Fiia 74HC32 100000184 EA vec nik m i JEN o 3 vee m Lu 25 s KBNT Ur TAHCOK xp Pis apps ponor 0 15 uF ceramic ae Gast ES is r 30 Est e 6 wor RESET 7 33 ak HE 120000191 ak 666 ec Tue m 4 Schematic for Series G5 Motherboard PN 05802 a6 Lu 7 1 Thisschematicis for PCA 09802 Xs s 2 This schematic for PCB 05801 3 40 CTC 5 D 1 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572
39. 2 JGAINB THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR a gc HAMITHERM 001 T P R28 4 2 5 _ TC2 SMVB Ya v Vo 7 8 162 coms 14 7 C2 KCOMPB RI 01 TELECOM Ya v s R27 10K 71025 4 Title Teledyne API DCN 6161 Size Number Revision Printed documents are uncontrolled E Da 7112011 Sheet 3of 3 File N PCBMGRV 04524 E_p3 schDof Drawn By 1 2 3 4 5 6 D 14 07223C DCN6572 07223 6572 SEDI ach gt 0 15 0 16
40. 3 15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 4 iZ Det 1041200000 B37 2 187 Relay Board 045230100 Ji2 6 2 Del 041200000 P3 3 CH2 Motherboard 058021400 J109 5 IZ Det 041200000 1 AGND Motherboard 058021400 0109 11 iZ Det 041200000 P3 4 04671 CBL Motherboard to Transmitter Board Multidrop Option GND Motherboard 058021400 12 2 Xmitterbd w Multidrop _ 069500000 4 2 Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 i4 Xmitter bd wiMiuitidrop 069500000 aie RTSO Motherboard 058021400 P12 13 Xmitter bd w Multidrop _ 069500000 J4 18 TXO Motherboard 058021400 P12 12 Xmitterbd w Multidrop _ 069500000 3412 CTS0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 1i Xmitter bd wiMuitidrop _ 069500000 a RS GNDO Motherboard 058021400 P12 10 Xmitterbd w Multidrop _ 069500000 J4 10 ATST Motherboard 058021400 P12 8 Xmitter bd wiMuitidrop _ 069500000 J4 8 CTS1 485 Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 6 Xmitter bd wiMuitidrop 069500000 RX1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 9 Xmitter bd w Multidrop____ 069500000 JM 9 11 4855 Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 Xmitter bd wiMuitidrop _ 069500000 Ap RS GND1 Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 5 Xmitter bd wiMultidrop _ 069500000 5 AXI Motherboard 058021400 P1218 Xmitter bd wiMultidrop 068500000 7779 85 Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 Xmitter bd w Multidrop _ 069500000 7 RS GND1 Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 5 Xmitter bd wiMulidrop 069500000 J4 5 1054840000 CBL Valve Driver amp Pump Power 12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 1 Photo Ref Valve 05522
41. 81 Number Revision CONI THRQUGH CONTOTHROUGH CONIUTHROUGH CONIUTHROUGH CONIOTHROUGH CONIOTHROUGH X 56161 B 04524 E CONIOTHROUGH CONIOTHROUGH Printed documents are uncontrolled Daie 7112011 Sheet Tof 3 File NAPCBMGRI 4524 E pLschDo Drawn By 1 2 3 4 5 6 D 12 07223C DCN6572 1 2 3 4 5 6 Aux Relay Connector AC Line 2 6 Heater Config Jumper J18 16PIN A COMMONS f RELAYS RN2 RELAY4 T 7 RELAYS 9 A 330 5 TS3 CUMMUNI st TOADS 8 TST RELAYA RELAY3 RELAY4 RELAY H L3 LI 10 EE als PE PE aa a AC Neutral BCYe lt AC Neutral gt 3 4 3 4 RC Ve Me 4115 Ld 64 SLD RLY SLD RLY JEN lt a 4 42 7b DS andardPumps World Pumps YEL DN DAN Ru cay Ha 3 8 GOT 100 115V 3 8 49 2 7 iu EUN Hz27 5 0 S0HZ100 115V 3 8 4 9 2
42. Introduction Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 1 2 OPT IONS Option Description Notes Rack Mounting For mounting the analyzer in standard 19 racks 20A Rack mount brackets with 26 in 660 mm chassis slides 20B Rack mount brackets with 24 in 610 mm chassis slides 21 Rack mount brackets only The T703 T703U WEIGHS about 16 3 kg 36 pounds To avoid personal injury we recommend two persons lift and carry the calibrator Disconnect all cables and tubing from the calibrator before carrying it Carrying Handle Strap to carry unit 29 Carrying handle strap Parts Kits Spare parts and expendables for 1 year operation 42A Kit Spares for One Unit Communications For remote serial network and Internet communication with the analyzer Type Description Shielded straight through DB 9F to DB 25M cable about 1 8 m long Used to 60A RS 232 interface with older computers or code activated switches with DB 25 serial connectors Cables 60B RS 232 Shielded straight through DB 9F to DB 9F cable of about 1 8 m length 60C Ethernet Patch cable 2 meters long used for Internet and LAN communications 60D USB Cable for direct connection between instrument rear panel USB port and personal computer USB Port 64A For rear panel connection to personal computer Multidrop LVDS card seated on the analyzer s CPU card RS 232 Multidrop
43. Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube Using both hands carefully rotate the tube to free it m fF oO Slide the tube towards the lamp housing e front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of the instrument CAUTION A DO NOT CAUSE THE TUBE TO BIND AGAINST THE METAL HOUSINGS THE TUBE MAY BREAK AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY Clean the tube with Distilled or de ionized water by running a swab from end to end Air dry the tube Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube e It should be free from dirt and lint 9 Inspect the o rings that seal the ends of the optical tube these o rings may stay seated in the manifolds when the tube is removed e If there is any noticeable damage to these o rings they should be replaced 10 Re assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an AUTO LEAK CHECK on the instrument NOTE It is important for proper optical alignment that the tube be pushed all the way towards the front of the optical bench when it is re assembled This will ensure that the tube is assembled with the forward end against the stop inside the detector manifold 7 4 REBUILDING THE DRY AIR PUMP The diaphragm in the sample pump will periodically wear out and require replacement A sample rebuild kit is available See Appendix B of this manual for the part number of the pump rebuild kit Instructions and diagr
44. T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 2 4 5 External Digital I O The external digital 1 performs two functions The STATUS outputs carry logic level 5V signals through an optically isolated 8 pin connector on the rear panel of the calibrator These outputs convey on off information about certain calibrator conditions such as CONC VALID They can be used to interface with certain types of programmable devices The CONTROL outputs can be used to initiate actions by external peripheral devices in conjunction with individual steps of a calibration sequence see Section 6 5 1 6 The CONTROL inputs can be initiated by applying 5V DC power from an external source such as a PLC or data logger Section 6 5 1 5 Zero and span calibrations can be initiated by contact closures on the rear panel 9 2 4 6 Data Bus isa two way clocked bi directional digital serial I O bus that is used widely in commercial and consumer electronic systems A transceiver on the motherboard converts data and control signals from the PC 104 bus to The data is then fed to the relay board optional analog input board and valve driver board circuitry 9 2 4 7 Power up Circuit This circuit monitors the 5V power supply during calibrator start up and sets the analog outputs external digital I O ports and circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and the instrument software can establish control 9 2 5 POWER SUPPLY AND CIRCUI
45. e Amercury vapor UV lamp This lamp is coated in a material that optically screens the UV radiation output to remove the Os producing 185nm radiation Only light at 254nm is emitted e An AC power supply that supplies the current for starting and maintaining the plasma arc of the mercury vapor lamp e A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV Lamp to maintain the Lamp at an optimum operating temperature 42cm long quartz absorption tube e A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas temperature e inlet and outlet mounting blocks that rout sample gas into and out of the photometer e vacuum diode UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current e preamplifier assembly which convert the Detector s current output into a DC Voltage then amplifies it to a level readable by the A to D converter circuitry of the instrument s motherboard UV Lamp Power Sample Gas UV Lamp Thermistor Absorption Tube Transformer Thermistor UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor n Sample Gas Inlet UV Lamp Power Power RUE from Sample 15 VDC power supply Outlet UV Lamp Heater Supply UV Lamp Control PCA 200 VAC 30 kHz Figure 9 23 Photometer Layout Top Cover Removed 9 6 3 PHOTOMETER PNEUMATIC OPERATION The flow of gas through the photometer is created by a small internal pump that pulls air though the instrumen
46. echo edit If mode flags 1 amp 2 are OFF the interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program Control C Switches the calibrator to computer mode no echo no edit CR A carriage return is required after each carriage return command line is typed into the terminal computer The command will not be sent to the calibrator to be executed until this is done On personal computers this is achieved by pressing the ENTER key BS Erases one character to the left of the backspace cursor location ESC Erases the entire command line escape ID CR This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used The ID number of the calibrator is only necessary if multiple calibrators are on the same communications line such as the multi drop setup Control C Pauses the listing of commands Control P Restarts the listing of commands 07223C DCN6572 107 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 1 7 2 Command Syntax Commands are not case sensitive and all arguments within one command i e ID numbers keywords data values etc must be separated with a space character Commands follow the syntax X ID COMMAND CR Where X is the command type one letter that defines the type of command Allowe
47. line feed pair which terminates the message The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse them into an easy structure Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any information on the time a message was issued hence it is useful to log such messages for trouble shooting and reference purposes Terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review 07223C DCN6572 109 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 1 7 6 COM Port Password Security In order to provide security for remote access of the T703 a LOGON feature can be enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands This is done by turning on the SECURITY MODE Mode 4 Section 5 1 4 Once the SECURITY is enabled the following items apply e password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands e Ifthe port is inactive for one hour it will automatically logoff which can also be achieved with the LOGOFF command e Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour even if the correct password is used e If not logged on the only active command is the request for the help screen e following messages will be returned at logon e LOGON SUCCESSFUL Correct password given e LOGON FAILED Password not
48. 067240000 COMI 3 Xmitter bd w Muitidrop _ 069500000 13 TxD CPU PCA 067240000 COMi 4 Xmitter bd w Mullidrop _ 069500000 8 4 DSR CPU PGA 067240000 COMI 5 Xmillerbd w Mullidrop _ 069500000 GND GPU PCA 067240000 COMi 6 Xmitter bd w Multidrop 1069500000 BS CIS CPU PC 067240000 COMI 7 Xmillerbd w Multidrop 069500000 4817 RIS CPU 067240000 COMI 8 Xmitter bd w Muitidrop 069500000 J338 78 Ri CPU PCA 067240000 10 Xmitter bd wiMul drop 069500000 106739 CBL CPU Ethernet to AUX I O ATX CPU PCA 067240000 1 Aux PCA 067300100 EEI ATXE CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 2 Auxl O PCA 067300100 J 2 LEDO CPU PCA 067240000 LAN Aux V O PCA 067300100 323 ARX CP PCA 067240000 LAN 4 Aux 067300100 2 4 ARX CPUPCA 067240000 LAN 5 Aux PCA 067300100 3 5 LEDOx CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 6 Aux I O 067300100 32 6 LEDI CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 7 Aux I O PCA 067300100 JB 7 LED1 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 8 Auxl O PCA 067300100 J2 8 106741 CBL CPU USB to Front Panel GND CPU PCA 067240000 USB 8 LCD Interface 066970000 JP9 058631 CPU PCA 067240000 USB 6 LCD interface PCA 066970000 JPS LUSBD3 CPU PCA 067240000 USB 4 LCD Interface 066970000 JP9 Vee CPUPCA 067240000 USB 2 LCD interface 066970000 UPS 106746 CBL MB 06154 CPU GND Motherboard 058021400 P12 2 Shield Motherboard 058021400 P12 14 CPU PCA 1067240000 COM 1 RTSO Motherboard 058021400 P12
49. 29 30 Host a gt n DEN 319 ro 10 a lt E DefsultR1B m 2 doors 9 fs Lo 9 E 15 16 ES ro 3 L eao A o UEM m 7 ro B2 DE us o x Ho Ba PI s25 22uF 6 3V C4 ppm Io 4 IMK316BI226KL 0 0022 8 Lem ro E BS 29 30 Lo B30B PHDSS LFSN ro E o ro E Lo 33V ro no Lo o o B3 o RT o 100K ie m Lo 2 Lo c7 o 2 2 o 10 o 4 id ar ro GMKI07B7I05KA ro nm IB 6 ro B2 o o LR Ta o a GM800480X 70 TTX2NLW az 01586 05292 up mm CLS86 0527 7 4X3 Jumper D GM800480W 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 14 16 17 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 zm a Image FG0700A0DSNBGOT 3 2 6 5 9 8 12 11 15 14 18 17 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 GUI Interface ni fant _ UMSH8T73MD 2 3 47576 77879 NC 10 11 13 14 16717718 NC 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 Sis Number Revision E 06698 D Date 6 24 2010 Sheet of 4 NiPCBMGRY 0006 PRS Drawn RT
50. CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO A OUTS CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL EXIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL SET SET EDIT EXIT AIN CALIBRATED NO AIN CALIBRATED YES 07223C DCN6572 75 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 9 1 2 Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output The Test Functions available to be reported are Table 4 8 Test Channels Functions Available on the Analog Output TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL SCALE NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF The raw output of the photometer during its 5000 mV measure cycle 03 PHOTO REF The raw output of the photometer during its 5000 mV reference cycle The raw output of the generator s 5000 mV OS GEN REF reference detector The gas flow being output through the CAL 0 cm min 5 000 cm min OUTPUT FLOW GAS outlets on the back of the instrument The gas pressure measured by the O5 0 PSIG 105 PSIG REGULATOR PRESSURE generator pressure sensor SAMPLE PRESSURE The pressure of gas in the photometer 0 Hg 40 Hg In A absorption tube SAMPLE FLOW The gas flow rate through the photometer 0 cm min 1000 cc min SAMPLE TEMP The temperature of gas in the photometer 0 C 70 C absorption tube PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the photometer UV lamp 0 70 03 LAMP
51. EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting RANGE 5000 PPB 0 5 2O ENR EXT Y 3 PHOTO BENCH ONLY OFF PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT Toggle these bottons to set the upper span point of the PHOTO CONC Test Channel signal gna gt PHOTO BENCH ONLY OFF OFF 0 ENTR EXIT ZA PUMP ENAB ON ON ENTR EXIT EDIT PRNT EXIT specifically instructed to Teledyne API s Customer Service personnel ISETUPXX 7 CLOCK ADJUST 0 SecDay PREV JUMP ENTR SETUP xx CLOCK ADJUST 0 SecDay 0 0 ENTR EXIT n fj Toggle to turn this mode ON OFF gt Toggle to turn this mode ON OFF Enter sign and number of seconds per day the clock gains or loses 07223C DCN6572 89 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 11 OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR AS AN O PHOTOMETER The T703 T703U can easily be configured to measure an external source of ozone 4 11 1 SET UP FOR OPERATION AS AN O PHOTOMETER To convert the T703 T703U from an calibrator to and photometer 1 Remove the two loop back tubing assemblies on the rear panel connected to the PHOTO IN and PHOTO ZERO IN fittings 2 Connect the ozone source to be mea
52. J106 2 Aux O PCA 067300000 J32 2 LEDO Motherboard 058021400 J106 3 Aux VO PCA 067300000 3 ARK Motherboard 058021400 Ji06 4 Aux VO PCA 067300000 ARX Motherboard 058021400 J106 5 Aux O PCA 067300000 25 Motherboard 058021400 0106 6 Aux JO 067300000 J8 7 6 LEDI Motherboard 058021400 J106 8 Aux O PCA 067300000 2 8 0 4 07223C DCN6572 T703 Interconnect List Reference 073600100A DCN5882 CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO Cable Part Signal Assembly PN JiP Pin Assembiy JiP Pin 106738 CBL CPU COM to AUX I O USB Option RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COMi 1 Aux I O PCA 0673000 or 02 J3 1 BCD CPU PCA 067240000 1 2 Aux I O PCA 0673000 0r 02 J 2 BTR CPU PCA 067240000 COMI 3 Aux PCA 0673000 0r 02 J3 3 TxD CPUPCA 067240000 COMI 4 Aux VO PCA 0673000 02_ J3 4 DSR PGA 067240000 COMI 5 Aux V PCA 06730000r 02 J3 5 GND CP PCA 067240000 COMI 6 Aux V 06730000r 02 J3 86 Cis CPUPCK 067240000 COMI 7 Aux I O PCA 0673000 02 J 7 RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COMI 8 Aux I O PCA 0673000 0r 02 J 8 RI CPU PCA 067240000 10 Aux I O PCA 0673000 or 02 J3 10 106738 CBL CPU COM to AUX I O Multidrop Option RXD CPU 067240000 COMi 1 Xmitterbd w Multidrop 069500000 1 CPU PC 067240000 COMi 2 Xmillerbd w Multidrop 069500000 48 2 DTR CPU
53. PI 1 ee o mp D _ 5 3 2 4 CHB ANCHI 9 5 SDA AN CHS 5 6 m cHs SCL q CH6 e 8 CH7 i 9 NG P ISO GND u2 NC ANALOG INPUT i REF REF AJ m cs c9 2 5 2 NC 28 O 1uF o tuF 3 4 3 NC NC ci 210 NC 5 ootur SMSI2 SMSI2 AGND DGND MAX1270BCAI c30 029 ni ni AGND AGND ISO GND ISO GND H 499 RIT 45V ISO CHASSIS Vat B 499 RIS 4sv Iso 45V IS0 5 9 0 R4 TP6 A IK 12 onu NC7WZ17P6X 0 1uF 222k 222k e 1 6 SDA SCL Us ER em 14 V 4 H vpn 4 ISO GND 2 T 5 SDAI BI Ne SNe 4 ISO GND ui Ae NO me 3 4 SCL e 16 802 LISTE seu H1 e gt 5 GND2 1 U4B GND2 SADT 4 NC7WZITP6X ADuM2250 Tide m GND Auxiliary I O Board ADC Size Number Revision DCN 6092 A 06731 PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED Date 5 6 2011 Sheet 3 of 3 File NAPCBMGR 106731 3_ADCSchDoc Drawn By RT MS D 31
54. SEQ NAME X STEPS INS DEL EDIT Y in the message field in the message field ISETUP XX Deletes the sequence D the sequence shown Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences Moves the cursor one character left or right EXIT discards the new ENTR accepts the newNAME SET EDIT EXIT SETUP XX CH INS DEL 0 ENTER ExiT T Inserts a new character at the Deletes a Toggle to cycle through cursor location character atthe the range of numerals cursor location 7 0 9 amp and available characters 54 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 1 3 Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence The sequence can be set to repeat a certain number of times from 1 to 100 It can also be set to repeat indefinitely by inputting a zero 0 into the REPEAT COUNTER To set the REPEAT COUNTER press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby SETUP mode ea e PRIMARY SETUP MENU sta SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT isplay only appears if there are no sequences current programmed into the calibrator OTHERW
55. Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences SET gt EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET gt until ISETUP XX TIMER ENABLE DISABLED lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT ISETUP XX TIMER ENABLE OFF a iscards the OFF ENTER T new setting Toggle to turn Timer Enable ENTR accepts the input ONOFF EL i new setting SETUP XX TIMER ENABLE ENABLED SET SET gt EDIT EXIT 56 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To specify a starting time for the sequence press Makesurethatthe f calibrator is in standby mode SETUP EXIT Fis display only appears if there are no sequences current programmed into the calibrator ETC PY OTHERWISE END OF SEQUENCES INS 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS INS DEL EDIT A ISETUP XX 0 Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown in the message field in the message field Scrolls back and forth between Continue pressing SET unti ing sequences SETUP XX TIMER ENABLE ENABLED lt SET SET EDIT EXIT SETUP TIMER START 01 JAN 06 00 00 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT esr ISETUP x x TIMER START 01 JAN 06 00 00 EXIT discards the new setting 1 JN 0 6 ENTR EXIT
56. See Figure 3 1 There are several types of report modes available Table 4 5 Sequence Progress Reporting Mode MODE DESCRIPTION Shows the progress as the sequence name and step number This is the traditional display STEP i i Example SO2 Test 2 BOT Shows the progress as a percent 0 100 of the total sequence duration Example SEQ 48 Shows the progress as days hours minutes and seconds elapsed counting up from 0 ELAP Example 1 day T 01 30 25 i e 1 hour 30 minutes 25 seconds elapsed Example gt 1 day T 1d30 25 i e 1 day 30 hours 25 minutes elapsed Shows the progress as days hours minutes and seconds remaining counting down to 0 REM Example 1 day T 01 30 25 i e 1 hour 30 minutes 25 seconds remaining Example gt 1 day T 1d30 25 i e 1 day 30 hours 25 minutes remaining To select a PROGRESS report mode press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode E aa PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT Tis display only appears if there are no sequences current programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE END OF SEQUENCES INS 1 SEQ VAME X STEPS INS DEL EDIT SETUP XX Y SET gt EDIT EXIT Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown in the message field in the message
57. approximately 30 60 seconds 055 should flash on and off If characters are written to the front panel display but DSS does not flash then the program files have become corrupted contact Technical Support because it may be possible to recover operation of the calibrator If after 30 60 seconds neither 055 is flashing and no characters have been written to the front panel display then the CPU is bad and must be replaced Figure 8 2 CPU Status Indicator 8 3 2 RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS There are sixteen status LEDs on the Relay PCA Not all are used on this model 8 3 2 1 Bus Watchdog Status LEDs The most important is D1 see Figure 8 3 which indicates the health of the PC bus Table 8 4 Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure s D1 bus Health Continuously ON Failed Halted CPU Red Watchdog Circuit or Continuously OFF Faulty Motherboard or Relay PCA Faulty Connectors Wiring between Motherboard or Relay PCA Failed Faulty 5 VDC Power Supply PS1 If DI is blinking then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu Signal I O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the Relay 170 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 3 2 2 Troubleshooting with Relay Board Status LEDs 09 Green Pump D8 Green Zero Air Shutoff Valve
58. investigate their cause using the troubleshooting guidelines in Section 8 of this manual To view and clear warning messages press STANDBY Suppresses the iiit T warning messages STANDBY ES MSG returns the active warnings to the message field STANDBY TEST yee CLR aeri Press CLR to clear the current message If more than one warning is active the next message will take SYSTEM ANALOG CAL WARNING its place TEST CLR SETUF Once the last warning has been cleared the MESSAGE NOTE FIELD will return to displaying i TT a warning message persists after TEST several attempts to clear it the message and value UT SETUP may indicate a real problem and not artifact of the warm up period Table 3 6 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start up 40 07223 DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started Table 3 6 Possible Warning Messages at Start Up MESSAGE MEANING The calibrator s A D converter or at least one D A channel has not been calibrated ANALOG CAL WARNING Stored Configuration information has been reset to the factory settings or has been erased DATA INITIALIZED The calibrator s data storage was erased The firmware is unable to communicate with either the generator or photometer lamp driver chips CONFIG INITIALIZED
59. lt TST TST gt Slowly rotate the lamp up to turn in either direction to until the OSGEN REF displays the lowest value YES Is the value of S GEN REF between 2300 0 MV and 2700 0 MV p i B T Using an insulated pot adjustment tool turn the O3 GENERATOR DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT POT until the value of O3 GEN REF is between 2300 0 MV and 2700 0 MV ADJUSTMENT COMPLETE 10 Tighten the two set screws 11 Replace the calibrator s cover 12 Perform an auto leak check See Section 10 2 1 13 Calibrate the Ozone Generator see Section 6 2 160 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING amp SERVICE This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving performance problems with the calibrator A The operations outlined in this chapter must be performed by qualified maintenance NOTE personnel only A e Risk of electrical shock Some operations need to be carried out with the instrument open and running Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical damage to the calibrator Do not drop tools into the calibrator or leave those after your procedures Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while operating inside the calibrator Use common sense when operating inside a run
60. off 07223C DCN6572 153 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Cap ZERO AIR I TEROAIRIN me Remove for leak check replace with 1 4 union PHOTO ZERO OUT e usr PHOTOIN caL GAS OUT 7 1 ZEROAIR zon PHOTOMETER BENCH Remove for leak check replace with 1 4 union T703 Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks Remove for leak check replace with 1 4 union Figure 7 2 PHOTOMETER BENCH Remove for leak check replace with 1 4 union T703U Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks 154 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 7 3 CLEANING OR REPLACING THE ABSORPTION TUBE NOTE Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is careful only to supply the photometer with clean dry and particulate free zero air it is included here for those rare occasions when cleaning or replacing the absorption tube may be required Remove the center cover from the optical bench Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube
61. value measured by the pressure monitor installed irine with the pressure sensor being calibrated 0 0 5 6 ENTR 5 Turn OFF the calibrator remove the pressure monitor replace the cap on the pressure measurement fitting 6 4 GAS FLOW CALIBRATION The T703 T703U has two gas flow characteristics that affect its performance the flow of gas through the sample chamber of the instrument s photometer and the total gas flow being output While both are stored in the calibrator s memory and used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in atmospheric pressure they are calculated quite differently CALCULATING THE PHOTOMETER SAMPLE GAS FLOW RATE This flow rate is measured directly by a flow sensor located pressure flow sensor PCA A slope factor stored in the calibrator s memory the last time a PHOTO FLOW calibration operation see Section 6 4 1 was performed is and applied to the reading from that sensor 07223C DCN6572 141 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual The calculated photometer sample gas flow value is viewable on the instrument s front panel using the PHOTO FLOW test function and can be output via the TEST CHANNEL output using the SAMPLE FLOW function CALCULATING THE OUTPUT GAS FLOW RATE This flow rate is calculated by applying a separate slope factor also stored in the calibrator s memory to an interpolated valued based o
62. 041440100 5 RET Relay Board 045230100 Ji4 2 O3 Gen HTH Therm 041440100 2 12V Relay Board 1045230100 Ji i 03 Gen HTH Therm 1041440100 1 07223 DCN6572 0 3 T703 Interconnect List Reference 073600100A DCN5882 CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO Cabie Part Signai Assembly PN JiP Pin Assembly BN JiB Pin 1042800100 CBL Power amp Signal Distribution CH1 Motherboard 058021400 J109 6 UV Det Bench 041200000 P3 1 AGND Motherboard 058021400 J109 12 UV Det Bench 041200000 4 15 Relay Board 045230100 J5 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041200000 P3 2 i5V Relay Board 045230100 J5 6 Bench Lamp Supply 041200000 P3 8 3127 RET Relay Board 045280100 J5 7 Fan 040010000 Pi 1 12 Relay Board 045280100 J5 8 Fan 040010000 P1 2 CH6 Motherboard 058021400 Ji09 2 Photo Press Flo 040030700 Pi 4 Motherboard 058021400 J109 3 Photo Press Flo 040030700 Pi 2 CH7 Motherboard 058021400 J109 1 Photo Press Flo 040030700 P1 5 AGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 3 Photo Press Fio 040030700 Pi 3 15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 4 Photo Press Flo 040030700 Pi 6 DGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 1 LCD interface 066970000 jid 8 vec Relay Board 045230100 J9 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 1 DGND Relay Board 045230100 Ji 1 LCD interface PCA 066970000 Jia vec Relay Board 045230100 Ji2 2 LCD interface PCA 066970000
63. 07223C DCN6572 119 Communications Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual To view the above properties listed in Table 7 5 press PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM SETUP XX COMMUNICATIONS MENU 10 INET COM COM2 EXIT SETUP Xx ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X DHCP ON lt SET SET gt EDIT EXI SETUP X X INST IP 0 0 0 0 lt SET SET gt EXI EDIT is disabled SETUP GATEWAY IP 0 0 0 0 when DHCP SET SET gt is ON SETUP XX SUBNET MASK IP 0 0 0 0 lt SET SET gt EXI DO NOT alter unless instructed to by Teledyne SETUP API s Customer Service gt ser ser EDIT personnel SETUP HOSTNAME SET SET EDIT EXI Y SETUP xx INITIALIZING INET 0 INITIALIZATION process proceeds automatically SETUP xx INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP Xx INITIALIZATION FAILED SETUP COMMUNICATIONS MENU 10 INET COM COM2 EXIT Contact your IT Network Administrator 120 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 6 1 1 Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses EXIT ignores the new setting gt Here are several circumstances when you may need to manually set the Ethernet configur
64. 5 VDC power supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty If the above voltages check out it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply Replace the UV Lamp and if the problem persists replace the Lamp Power Supply 8 7 REPAIR PROCEDURES 8 7 1 REPAIRING SAMPLE FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY The critical flow orifice is housed in the flow control assembly Teledyne API part number 001760400 located on the top of the optical bench A sintered filter protects the jewel orifice so it is unusual for the orifice to need replacing but if it does or the filter needs replacement please use the following procedure see the Spare Parts list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits 1 2 3 4 Turn off power to the calibrator Locate the assembly to be repaired see Figure 9 1 T703 or Figure 9 2 T703U Disconnect the pneumatic connection from the flow assembly Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the exploded view in Figure 8 5 Replace the o rings p n OR000001 and the sintered filter p n FL000001 If replacing the critical flow orifice itself P N 000941000 make sure that the side with the colored window usually red is facing downstream to the gas flow Apply new Teflon tape to the male connector threads Reassemble in reverse order 07223C DCN6572 187 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Cy Pn
65. 7 5 10 20 y wy Ws Ws Y X 60 2 220 240 3 8 1 6 MINLFIT 10 1 uae tarf 50H2 220 240V 3 8 1 6 5 10 2 B aG Lim 2 B 103 4 CIRL3 lt AC Line gt ema 1010 vec T VALVE POWER 16 1013 1 E 1013 41 SNT4HCO4 t T Valves U3D 1 Valve6 9 EB Valve abb E vbxisaobao U3B 1014 3 4 u 0 Uc H2RET U3F 5 6 ws id d MT5 MFI MF2 MF3 MT6 04 ng H2V 0 41 I ska 2 vec 01 a MINIFIT 2 xix xx xp Q2 Efeso 0 IQ 13 2 na MTK1 MTK2 2v 1 2 MINIFIT 2 D Keg Use 50 mil traces D 113303 113303 Di 0 Title 12RET 4 Teledyne DCN 6161 Eee nm 04524 Printed documents are uncontrolled Aum rare File N PCBMGRV 104524 E_p2 schDot Drawn By 1 2 3 4 5 6 07223C DCN6572 D 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 TCI KCOMPA A A 15V TCL JCOMPA UNE R21 THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR 1k OMEGA n J15 1 8 AMP FUSE s 1 E T T l0K 2 11 a GNDTCA OPA2271 25 7 5 14K 20K 15A iii eR Cio CROFIT 4 01 p zt
66. 7 Terminal Operating Modes 1 7 1 Help Commands in Terminal Mod 1 7 2 Command Syntax 1 7 3 Data Types 5 1 7 4 Status Reporting 5 1 7 5 General Message Format 5 1 7 6 COM Port Password Security 5 2 Remote Access by Modem ane ett renti roses ineo EYE 5 5 5 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents 5 3 Multidrop RS 232 Set Up 5 4 RS 485 Configuration of COM2 5 5 Remote Access via the USB Port Option 5 6 Remote Access via the Ethernet 5 6 1 Configuring the Ethernet Interface using DHCP 5 6 1 1 Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses 5 6 2 Changing the Calibrator s Hostname 5 7 APICOM Remote Control Program 6 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION 6 1 Verifying Calibrating the Photometer 6 1 1 Setup for Verifying and Calibrating the Photometer 6 1 1 1 Calibration Manifold Exhaust Vent Line 6 1 2 Verifying Photometer Performance 6 1 3 Calibrating the Photometer 6 1 3 1 Photometer Zero Calibration 6 1 3 2 Photometer Span Calibration 6 1 4 Photometer Dark Calibration 6 1 5 O3 Photometer Backpressure Compensation Calibration 6 2 Calibrating the Generator 6 2 1 Generator Calibration table 6 2 2 Viewing Generator Calibration Points 6 2 3 Adding or Editing Generator Calibration Point 6 2 4 Deleting Generator Calibration Po
67. CAUTION Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution do not apply a vacuum as this will cause soap solution to be drawn into the instrument contaminating it DO NOT EXCEED 15 PSI PRESSURE Turn OFF power to the calibrator Remove the instrument cover Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the DRY AIR IN port at the rear panel Install caps on the Internal Vent and on the following rear panel fittings e Exhaust Vent e Zero Air In e Both CALGAS OUT fittings Due to normal internal leakage that occurs with pumps they will need to be bypassed for the leak check 5 6 10 11 Locate the dry air pump Disconnect the two fittings on the dry air pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump Locate the photometer pump Disconnect the two fittings on the photometer pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump Pressurize the calibrator with the leak checker or with the tank without exceeding 15 psi pressure allowing enough time to pressurize the instrument fully Check each fitting with soap bubble solution and look for bubbles do not reapply vacuum as doing so will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it Once the leak has been located and repaired remove any residual soap solution from the instrument interior with a clean absorbent cloth The leak down rate should be lt 1 in Hg 0 4 psi in 5 minutes after the pressure is shut
68. ESD storage bags or bins Even when you are not working on them store all devices and assemblies in a closed anti Static bag or bin This will prevent induced charges from building up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it e Use metallic anti ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive components and assemblies rather than pink poly bags The famous pink poly bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid similar to liquid laundry detergent which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag it does not prevent the build up of static charges If laying on a conductive grounded surface these 222 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the surface of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the circuits of your ESD sensitive device Also the liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary plastic bag Anti Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal usually silvery in color provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink poly bags but also when properly se
69. Exr sv our 8 8 m Pc w m B a 8 8 23058 s sog us 4 3 PS27024 i 50V 23 yy m 2 SK Ts i i 4 SETS 125 BEAD Ei Place these termination resistors at the end of each d A xk line Each data line n should be lid out as a daisy chain the signal pasing fe g me d vec pun m H 2 um i4 npe us E um nos p i45 802 1 EE T EJ 12 D Fr H us 2 ak Warp E Ltn 2 E SN E 5 127 4 1 8 LU V 6 wx m 1 FE BEAD or E Seis CS Motherboard PCA PN 05602 10000 pF 5 05803 B T z 3 0 21 0 22 1 2 4 5 vee DIGITAL OUTPUTS 1527024 16 10000 pF 15 Un 14 10000 pF gue UE Di Di Di Ds D D Ds 466666 1 12 u T of ff 8 bb Las FEBEAD 1527024 16 Las IE 150 15 14 147 FEBEAD Wu uU RESETTABLE FUSE 03A 60V DIODE SCHOTTKY n TERMBLOCK I2 10000 pF cas 10000 pF Tae Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802 uc Naber Reus E 05803 B 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572
70. PHOTOSTEMP PHOTO STEMP 31 8 C Photometer sample temperature PHOTOSLOPE PHOTO SLOPE 1 000 Photometer slope computed during zero span bench calibration PHOTOOFFSET PHOTO OFFSET 0 0 PPB Photometer offset computed during zero span bench calibration PHOTOSTABIL PHOTO STABIL 0 1 PPB Photometer concentration stability standard deviation of 25 bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart TESTCHAN TEST 2753 9 MV Value output to TEST OUTPUT analog output selected with TEST CHAN variable CLOCKTIME TIME 14 48 01 Current instrument time of day clock photometer stability measurement option The name is used to request a message via the RS 232 interface as in 07223C DCN6572 A 19 APPENDIX 3 Warnings and Test Functions Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 A 20 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 70 MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 4 Signal I O Definitions APPENDIX A 4 Signal I O Definitions Table A 4 Signal I O Definitions MODELS T703 T703U 703E I O Signal List for Latest Revision Signal Name Bit or Description Channel Number U11 J1004 control inputs pins 1 6 bits 0 5 read default I O address 321 hex CONTROL IN 1 0 5 0 input asserted CONTROL IN 6 1 de asserted 6 7 Always 1 U14 J1006 control inputs pins 1 6 bits 0 5 read default I
71. RS232 port to the first instrument s RS232 port then from the first instruments COM2 port to the second instrument s RS232 port from the second instruments 2 port to the third instrument s RS232 port etc connecting in this fashion up to eight instruments subject to the distance limitations of the RS 232 standard On the rear panel of each instrument adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the green and the red LEDs RX and TX of the COM1 connector labeled RS232 are both lit Ensure you are using the correct RS 232 cables internally wired specifically for RS 232 communication BEFORE communicating from the host power on the instruments and check that the Machine ID Section 5 6 2 is unique for each In the SETUP Model menu use SETUP gt MORE gt COMM gt ID The default ID is typically either the model number or 0 To change the identification number press the button below the digit to be changed Press select ENTR to accept the new ID for that instrument Next in the SETUP gt MORE gt COMM gt COM1 menu do not use the COM2 menu for multidrop edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows press select EDIT and set only QUIET MODE COMPUTER MODE and MULTIDROP MODE to ON Do not change any other settings Press select ENTER to accept the changed settings and ensure that COM1 MODE now shows 35 114 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 10 Press select SET gt to go
72. Registers single bit read only 0 System reset warning 1 Box temperature warning 2 Photometer lamp temperature warning 3 generator lamp temperature warning 4 Photometer reference warning 5 Photometer lamp stability warning 6 generator reference detector warning 7 Rear board communication warning 8 Relay board communication warning 9 generator or photometer lamp driver chip communication warning 10 Front panel communication warning T4 Analog calibration warning 12 System is OK same meaning as SYSTEM OK I O signal 13 generator not yet stabilized 14 Calibration is active 15 Sequence is active 16 Regulator pressure warning 07223C DCN6572 A 25 APPENDIX 6 MODBUS Registers Teledyne Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 MODBUS Register Address dec 0 based Description Units MODBUS Coil Registers single bit read write 00 99 Trigger execution of sequence whose name begins with 00 99 Turning a coil on executes a sequence Turning a coil off does nothing When reading coils the value indicates which sequence is executing If a coil is on the sequence is executing if off the sequence is not executing Supports nested sequences so multiple sequence coils may be on simultaneously 100 Turning coil on turns on purge Turning coil off does nothing When reading coil the value indicates whether purge is active If on purge is active if off pur
73. Sample Flow Control Assembly 8 7 2 Disk On Module Replacement Procedur 9 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 9 1 Pneumatic Operation 9 1 1 Gas Flow Control 9 1 1 1 Photometer Critical Flow Orifice 9 1 2 Internal Gas Pressure Sensors 9 2 Electronic Operation 9 2 1 Overview 9 2 2 Central Processing Unit CPU 9 2 2 1 Disk On Module DOM 9 2 2 2 Flash Chip 9 2 3 Relay PCA 9 2 3 1 Valve Control 9 2 3 2 Heater Control 9 2 3 3 Relay PCA Status LEDs and Watch Dog Circuitry 9 2 3 4 Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator D1 9 2 4 Motherboard 9 2 4 1 A to D Conversion 9 2 4 2 Sensor Inputs 9 2 4 3 Thermistor Interface xii 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents 9 2 4 4 Analog Outputs 9 2 4 5 External Digital I O 9 2 4 6 Data Bus 9 2 4 7 Power up Circuit 9 2 5 Power Supply and Circuit Breaker 9 2 6 AC Power Configuration 9 2 6 1 AC Configuration Internal Pump JP7 9 3 Front Panel Touchscreen Display Interface 9 3 1 1 Front Panel Interface PCA 9 4 Software Operation 9 5 O4 Generator Operation 9 5 1 Principle of Photolytic Generation 9 5 2 Generator Pneumatic Operation 9 5 3 Generator Electronic Operation 9 5 3 1 Generator Temperature Control 9 6 Photometer Operation 9 6 1 Measurement Method 9 6 1 1 Calculating Concentration 9 6 1 2 The Measurement Reference C
74. Section 5 6 1 If your network is not running DHCP you will have to configure the calibrator s interface manually See Section 5 6 1 1 42 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started 3 4 5 OPERATING MODES FOR THE GENERATOR TI generator can be set to operate in three different modes 3 4 5 1 CNST CONSTANT T In this mode the O output of the generator is based on a single constant drive voltage ere is no Feedback loop control by the CPU in this mode 3 4 5 2 REF REFERENCE TI U control loop will use the reference detector s measurement of the generator s V lamp as input This mode does not use the photometer to control the ozone generator 3 4 5 3 BNCH BENCH TI concentration control loop will use the photometer s measurement as input THIS IS THE DEFAULT AND MOST COMMON MODE OF OPERATION TI is setting will be the default mode of the T703 calibrator and will be mused whenever the calibrator is using the GENERATE AUTO command or the GENERATE sequence step to create a calibration mixture When either the GENERATE gt command or the MANUAL sequence step is active the local generator mode chosen during when the command step is programmed will take precedence 3 4 6 SETTING THE O GENERATOR MODE To select a default generator mode press mode a mode for the
75. T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 3 PNENUMATIC CONNECTIONS As CAUTION Do not operate this instrument until you ve removed dust plugs from inlet and outlet exhaust ports on the rear panel OPTIONAL 1 Teledyne Instruments Ben MODEL 701 Zero Gas Generator Sample Inlet CAL GAS OUT Teledyne Instruments T Series Gas Analyzer CAL GAS OUT ZERO AIR IN lt DRY AIR IN VENT T703 T703U Photometric Os Calibrator Sample Inlet Teledyne Instruments T Series Gas Analyzer Desiccant Figure 3 13 Basic Pneumatic Setup 3 3 1 DRY AIR IN When using the internal zero air pump a source of dry air should be connected to tl port labeled Dry Air In on the rear panel This air should be supplied at atmospheric pressure The supplied air should have a dew point of 20 C or less Teledyne API can supply an optional desiccant cartridge that can be used to supply air to the T703 T703U 3 3 2 ZERO AIR IN An external pressurized source of zero air can be supplied at the Zero Air port on tl rear panel This is the standard configuration when the zero air pump is not installed This zero air should be scrubbed of ozone and have a dew point of 20 or less pressure of the zero air should be regulated to 20 35 psig Ty e e NOTE When connecting an external source of zero air to an T703 with an inter
76. TEST POINT TP AND WIRE COLOR Dgnd 1 Black 5V 2 Red Agnd 3 Green 15V 4 Blue 15V 5 Yellow 128 6 Purple 12V 7 Orange 07223C DCN6572 173 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in the table below and an oscilloscope in AC mode with band limiting turned on can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise gt 100 mV p p Table 8 7 Power Supply Acceptable Levels POWER CHECK RELAY PCA TEST POINTS SUPPLY VOLTAGE FROM TEST POINT TO TEST POINT MIN V MAX V aso NAME PS1 5 Dgnd 1 5 2 4 8 5 25 PS1 15 Agnd 3 15 4 13 5 16v PS1 15 Agnd 3 15V 5 14V 16V PS1 Agnd Agnd 3 Dgnd 1 0 05 0 05 PS1 Chassis Dgnd 1 Chassis N A 0 05 0 05 PS2 12 12V Ret 6 12V 7 11 75 12 5 PS2 12 V ret 12V Ret 6 Dgnd 1 0 05 0 05 8 4 4 l C BUS Operation of the bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay PCA amp D2 on the Valve Driver PCA Assuming that the DC power supplies are operating properly the bus is operating properly if D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are flashing There is a problem with the bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are ON OFF constantly 8 4 5 TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE Verify the functio
77. amp VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD ASSY TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE MANUAL OPERATORS T703 DOM w SOFTWARE STD 1703 FILTER SS KB FILTER DFU KB CARBON FILTER DAU 000 GRADE KB FLOWMETER KB B 5 PARTNUMBER FM0000005 FM0000006 HW0000020 HW0000380 HWO0000453 HWO0000685 KIT000253 KIT000254 KIT000289 OP0000014 OP0000031 080000001 810000015 0000025 0000059 0000060 FM0000007 060720100 VA0000060 WR0000008 FT0000337 FT0000429 FT0000431 VA0000060 VA0000024 B 6 T703U Spare Parts List Ref 077470000 11 19 2012 8 51a m DESCRIPTION FLOW RESTRICTOR 5000 1 4 10000CCM NONE FLOW RESTRICTOR 5000 1 4 5000 BLACK SPRING HANDLE CARRYING 9 25 BLK SUPPORT CIRCUIT BD 3 16 ICOP LATCH MAGNETIC FRONT PANEL KB ASSY amp TEST SPARE PS37 ASSY amp TEST SPARE PS38 AKIT UV LAMP P S PCA 041660100 QUARTZ DISC 75 DIAX1 16 KB WINDOW QUARTZ 1 2 DIA 063 THICK KB ORING 2 006VT KB RELAY DPDT KB SWITCH POWER CIRC BREAK VDE CE KB PRESSURE SENSOR 0 15 PSIA ALL SEN PRESSURE SENSOR 0 100 PSIG ALL SEN REGULATOR PRESSURE 0 30PSI KB ASSY REGULATOR W FITTING CHECK VALVE B 1 4 TUBE FITTINGS POWER CORD 10A KB TEE BRASS 1 4 BARB ORIFICE BARB SS 0 012 KB TEE 1 4 1 4 1 8 CHECK VALVE B 1 4 TUBE FITTINGS VALVE MANIFOLD 3 WAY CLIPPARD 07223C DCN6572 TELEDYNE Warranty Repair Questionnaire T703 T70
78. an external source of zero air such as a Teledyne API s Model 701 Zero Air Generator is required 6 1 1 SETUP FOR VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE O PHOTOMETER Note This operation requires an external reference photometer PHOTOMETER MES PHOTOMETER OUTLET PHOTOMETER ZERO IN PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT EXHAUST line Max Length 3 meters or 10 feet EXHAUST ZERO AIR IN vENT pedem en anonte EE 1 CAL GAS OUT 1 Photometric Calibrator i 7 1 __ OPTIONAL Ambient PHOTOMETER Desiccant TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS MODEL 701 ZERO GAS GENERATOR Figure 6 1 Set up for Verifying Optional O Photometer Using Internal O Generator 07223C DCN6572 125 Calibration and Verification Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual External Zero Air External Source Source REFERENCE Enclosure Wall s 2 m 2 gi PHOTOMETER pm Fe E e p imr i other calibrators m instruments 8 Eb it Vent line 2 3 PHOTOMETER INLET Length 3 meters or 10 feet Capped PHOTOMETER OUTLET PHOTOMETER ZERO IN Max Length 3 meters PHOTOMETER ZERO Capped or 10 feet Seni EXHAUST ZERO AIR IN Max Length 3 meters or 10 feet vENT CAL GAS OUT CAL GAS OUT P
79. are activated by the user programmable calibration sequences see Section 4 5 1 6 for instructions on assigning the control outputs to specific calibration sequences These outputs may be used to interface with devices that accept logic level digital inputs such as programmable logic controllers PLCs dataloggers or digital relays valve drivers They are accessed via a 14 pin connector on the calibrator s rear panel see Figure 3 4 CONTROL OUTPUTS 123 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 2 E Figure 3 12 Digital Control Output Connector NOTE Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current the input will draw When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature external resistors must be used to limit the current through the individual transistor outputs to S50mA 120 for 5V supply The pin assignments for the control outputs are Table 3 5 Control Output Pin Assignments PIN STATUS DEFINITION CONDITION 1 12 Outputs 1 through 12 respectively Closed if the sequence or sequence step activating output is operating E Emitter BUSS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator s internal DC power supplies 36 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started 3 2 6 COMMUNICATION CONNECTIONS The T Series instruments are equipped with connec
80. as e 12 separate ON OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences e 12 bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095 separate calibration sequences They can be set to active whenever a particular calibration sequence is operating or e Activate deactivate as individual steps within a calibration sequence run See Section 4 5 2 5 To assign a CC OUTPUT pattern code to a particular sequence press rwr et in ups 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS INS DEL EDIT OFF ENTER ex new setting Toggle to turn LL 7 sErueXX OUTPUT 0 00000000000 Moves the new setting enira eror gt n HN right new setting Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control output pins located on the calibrator rear panel see Figure 3 2 The left most bit is Bit 1 the next bit to the right bit 2 progressing rightward to bit 12 see Figure 3 10 for connector pin assignments 60 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 1 7 Setting the Progress Reporting Mode for the Sequences As sequences run the calibrator reports progress by displaying a message in the MODE field of the front panel display
81. bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA e Reading of 5VDC should be seen between and grnd If this voltages is less than 4 8 or greater than 5 25 either the 5 VDC power supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty 186 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service If the above voltages check out it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply Replace the UV Lamp and if the problem persists replace the Lamp Power Supply 8 6 2 TROUBLESHOOTING THE GENERATOR IN THE T703U See Section 8 6 1 for troubleshooting the T703 O generator 1 2 Make sure the calibrator is idling in STANDBY mode Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that 15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector If this voltage is incorrect check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described in Section 8 4 3 Remove the cover of the photometer see Figure 9 23 and check for the presence of the following voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA e 800 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 grnd If this voltage is incorrect either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the IC bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply e 5VDC between and grnd If this voltages is less than 4 8 or greater than 5 25 either the
82. casing of the instrument and begin work Up to this point the closed metal casing of your instrument has isolated the components and assemblies inside from any conducted or induced static charges 4 If you must remove a component from the instrument do not lay it down a non ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait 5 Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of the instrument 10 4 2 2 Working at an Anti ESD Work Bench When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on a anti ESD work bench 1 Plug you anti ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station before touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or so away This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the ground connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects and induction from occurring Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away Only open any anti ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation e the bag or bin on the workbench surface e Before opening the container wait several seconds for any static charges on the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation s grounded protective mat 4 Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static char
83. control of the ozone concentration However the T703U is capable of generating ozone in a low range fractional mode for ultra low ozone production As many as 50 independent calibration sequences may be programmed into the T703 T703U covering time periods of up to one year The setup of sequences is simple and intuitive These sequences may be actuated manually automatically or by a remote signal The sequences may be uploaded remotely including remote editing programs are maintained in non volatile memory The T703 T703U design emphasizes fast response repeatability overall accuracy and ease of operation It may be combined with the Model 701 Zero Air Generator to provide the ultimate in easy to use precise calibration for your ozone instruments Some of the exceptional features of your T703 T703U Photometric Calibrator are e Advanced T Series electronics e LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen e Bidirectional RS 232 and 10 100Base T Ethernet optional USB and RS 485 ports for remote operation e Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices e 12 independent timers for sequences e Nested sequences up to 5 levels e Internal ozone generator and photometer allows use as primary or transfer standard UV Lamp Feedback modes current control reference detector control photometer control e Lightweight for transportability e T703U ultra low ozone production down to 3ppb 07223C DCN6572 19
84. following key assignments also apply Table A 6 Terminal Key Assignments TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS ESC Abort line CR ENTER Execute command Ctrl C Switch to computer mode COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS LF line feed Execute command Ctrl T Switch to terminal mode A 24 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 6 MODBUS Registers APPENDIX A 6 MODBUS Registers MODBUS Description Units Register Address dec 0 based MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers 32 bit IEEE 754 format read in high word low word order read only 0 Output flow rate LPM 2 Photometer measured ozone concentration PPB 4 Ozone generator reference detector reading mV 6 Ozone generator lamp drive mV 8 Ozone generator lamp temperature 90 10 Regulator pressure PSIG 12 Internal box temperature C 14 Photometer detector measure reading mV 16 Photometer detector reference reading mV 18 Photometer sample flow rate LPM 20 Photometer lamp temperature C 22 Photometer sample pressure Inches Hg 24 Photometer sample temperature 26 Photometer slope computed during zero span bench calibration 28 Photometer offset computed during zero span bench calibration PPB 30 Ground reference mV 32 Precision 4 096 mV reference mV MODBUS Discrete Input
85. for test channel analog output O3 PHOTO BENCH ONLY OFF OFF ON Os bench control flag ON turns on pump and switches measure reference valve only in bench generation mode ZA PUMP ENAB ON OFF ON Zero air pump control ON turns on zero air pump when generating ozone STD TEMP 25 0 100 Standard temperature for unit conversions STD PRESS Hg 29 92 15 50 Standard pressure for unit conversions CLOCK ADJ Sec Day 0 60 60 Time of day clock speed adjustment SERVICE CLEAR OFF OFF ON resets the service interval ON timer TIME SINCE SVC Hours 0 0 500000 Time since last service SVC INTERVAL Hours 0 0 100000 Sets the interval between service reminders Medium Access Level Setup Variables 929 password LANGUAGE_SELECT ENGL ENGL Selects the language to use for the user interface Enclose value SECD b A in double quotes when setting EXTN from the RS 232 interface MAINT_TIMEOUT Hours 2 0 1 100 Time until automatically switching out of software controlled maintenance mode LATCH WARNINGS ON ON OFF ON enables latching warning messages OFF disables latching DAYLIGHTSAVING ENABLE ON ON OFF ON enables Daylight Saving Time change OFF disables DST O3 DWELL Seconds 2 5 0 1 30 Dwell time after switching measure reference valve PRESS LIM PSIG 8 5 11 Limits for Os generator regulator pressure O3 SAMPLE Samples 1 1 30 Number of
86. from the effects of static fields e Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device Once you have arrived at your destination allow any surface charges that may have built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate e Connect your wrist strap to ground e Ifyou are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e Ifyou are at a anti ESD work bench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e In either case wait several seconds Open the container 10 4 2 4 Opening Shipments from Teledyne API Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient generators of static electric charges To prevent damage from ESD Teledyne API ships all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed ant ESD containers 1 Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti ESD container during shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other To prevent these static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped make sure that you Always unpack shipments from Teledyne API as follows 2 3 4 Open the outer shipping box away from the anti ESD work area Carry the still sealed ant ESD bag tube or bin to the anti ESD work area Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 10 4 2 3 above when
87. front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the calibrator s Theory of Operation see Section 9 The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the Nominal Range column of the calibrator Final Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the instrument Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the calibrator s subsystems Functions whose values are still within the acceptable range but have significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet may also indicate a failure A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of these Test Functions Table 8 2 contains some of the more common causes for these values to be out of range Table 8 2 Test Functions Indicated Failures TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS GEN Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE WARNING from Table 8 1 OUTPUT FLOW Gas flow problems directly affect the concentration accuracy of the Os calibration gases This number is computed using data from the calibrator s Check for Gas Flow problems Check the pressure regulator Check the Os generator heater and temperature sensors GEN DRIVE Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8 1 Incorrect Lamp temperatu
88. given or incorrect e LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL Connection terminated successfully To log on to your calibrator with SECURITY MODE feature enabled type LOGON 940331 940331 is the default password To change the default password use the variable RS232_PASS issued as follows V RS232_PASS NNNNNN Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9 110 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 2 REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM The T703 can be connected to a modem for remote access This requires a cable between the calibrator s COM port and the modem typically a DB 9F to DB 25M cable available from Teledyne API with part number WR0000024 Once the cable has been connected check to make sure e The DTE DCE is in the DCE position T703 COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem e Modem is designed to operate with an 8 bit word length with one stop bit The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON Mode 64 see Section 5 14 Once this is completed the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be entered into the calibrator The default setting for this feature is AT YO amp 00 amp 810 S022 amp 0 amp N6 amp M0 E0 Q1 amp WO This string can be altered to match your modem s initialization and can be up to 100 characters long To change this setting press PRIMARY SETUP MENU
89. is usable from 5 to 5 of the rated span Table 4 9 Analog Output Voltage Range Min Max RANGE SPAN MINIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT 0 100 mVDC 5 105 0 1 VDC 0 05 VDC 1 05 0 5 VDC 0 25 VDC 5 25 0 10 VDC 0 5 VDC 10 5 VDC The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC To change the output range press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT AOUTS CALIBRATED NO CAL Continue pressing SET until you reach the output to be configured DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL Pressing ENTR records SET SET EDIT EXIT the new setting and These buttons returns tothe previous satan oh ed Pressing EXIT ignores the level and type DIAG TEST OUTPUT RANGE 5V new setting returns fo of the selected channel the previous menu 1V 5V 10V ENTR EXIT 78 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 9 1 4 Turning the TEST Channel Over Range Feature ON OFF In its default configuration a 5 over range is available on each of the TEST CHANNEL output This over range can be disabled if your recording device is sensitive to excess voltage or current To turn the over range feature on or off press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU i DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR
90. modem on E0 Q1 amp Wo Up to 100 power up or manually characters long RS232_PASS Password 940331 0 999999 RS 232 log on password LINE DELAY ms 0 0 1000 RS 232 inter line transmit delay 0 disabled MACHINE ID ID 0 0 9999 Unique ID number for instrument Hessen 0 999 COMMAND PROMPT Cmd gt Any character RS 232 interface command in the allowed prompt Displayed only if enabled character set with RS232_MODE variable Up to 100 Enclose value in double quotes characters when setting from the RS 232 long interface TEST_CHAN_ID NONE Diagnostic analog output ID Enclose value in double quotes ener when setting from the RS 232 interface PHOTO REF GEN REF OUTPUT FLOW REGULATOR PRESSURE SAMPLE PRESSURE SAMPLE FLOW SAMPLE TEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP O3 LAMP TEMP CHASSIS TEMP O3 PHOTO CONC PASS ENABLE ON OFF ON ON enables passwords OFF disables them DEF_CC_OUTPUT 00000000000 Any string of Default contact closure output 0 exactly 12 pattern when not executing characters sequence Enclose value in consisting of double quotes when setting the digits 0 and from the RS 232 interface 1 only PHOTO LAMP POWER mV 4500 0 5000 Photometer lamp power setting 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX A 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Teledyne API Models T703 1703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 Setup Variable N
91. opening the anti ESD container at the work station Reserve the anti ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API 07223C DCN6572 225 A Primer lectro Static Discharge Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 10 4 2 5 Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne API in anti ESD bins tubes or bags WARNING DO NOT use pink poly bags NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the electronic component assembly directly e This includes but is not limited to plastic bubble pack Styrofoam peanuts open cell foam closed cell foam and adhesive tape DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer Use ONLY anti ESD tape 1 Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti ESD bag or bin 2 Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate e Ifyou are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e Ifyou are at an anti ESD workbench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e 1 either case wait several seconds Place the item in the container Seal the container If using a bag fold the end over and fastening it with anti ESD tape e Folding the open end over isolates the component s inside from the effect
92. pin for 5 VDC required to activate pins L This can be from Bottom U an external source or from the pin of the instruments STATUS connector BOTH Internal source of 5V that can be used to actuate control inputs when connected to the U pin 34 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started There are two methods for energizing the control inputs The internal 5V available from the pin labeled is the most convenient method However if full isolation is required an external 5 VDC power supply should be used Example of Local Power Connections Example of External Power Connections CONTROL Bit 01 CONTROL Bit 02 CONTROL Bit 03 CONTROL Bit 04 CONTROL Bit 05 CONTROL Bit 06 CONTROL Bit 01 CONTROL Bit 02 CONTROL Bit 03 CONTROL Bit 04 CONTROL Bit 05 CONTROL Bit 01 5 S c CONTROL Bit 08 CONTROL Bit 10 CONTROL Bit 11 ONTROL Bit 12 CONTROL Bit 07 CONTROL Bit 08 CONTROL Bit 09 CONTROL Bit 10 CONTROL Bit 11 CONTROL Bit 12 CONTROL Bit 09 CONTROL Bit 07 11 5 VDC Power Supply Figure 3 11 Digital Control Input Connectors 07223C DCN6572 35 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 2 5 CONNECTING THE CONTROL OUTPUTS The calibrator is equipped with 12 opto isolated digital control outputs These outputs
93. pins 5 and 6 of the 6 pin connector 8 5 TROUBLESHOOTING THE O PHOTOMETER 8 5 1 DYNAMIC PROBLEMS WITH THE O PHOTOMETER Dynamic problems are problems which only manifest themselves when the photometer is measuring O concentration gas mixtures These can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and resolve Since many photometer behaviors that appear to be a dynamic in nature are often a symptom of a seemingly unrelated static problems it is recommended that dynamic problems not be addressed until all static problems warning conditions and subsystems have been checked and any problems found are resolved Once this has been accomplished the following most common dynamic problems should be checked 8 5 1 1 Noisy or Unstable Readings at Zero Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 7 2 Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone Confirm that the Source Lamp is fully inserted and that the lamp hold down thumb screw is tight Check for a dirty Absorption Cell and or pneumatic lines Clean as necessary as described in Section 7 2 Disconnect the exhaust line from the optical bench the pneumatic line at the lamp end of the bench and plug the port in the bench If readings remain noisy the problem is in one of the electronic sections of the instrument If readings become quiet the problem is in the instrument s pneumatics 184 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Op
94. provide on site or in plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers in the industry maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting are to be performed by the customer NON TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT PRODUCT RETURN Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment manufacturer s warranty units or components returned to Teledyne should be properly packed for handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center After the repair the equipment will be returned freight prepaid The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at http www teledyne api com terms and conditions asp CAUTION Avoid Warranty Invalidation Failure to comply with proper anti Electro Static Discharge ESD handling and packing instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization RMA procedures when returning parts for repair or calibration may void your warranty For anti ESD handling and packing instructions please refer to Packing Components for Return to Teledyne in the Primer on Electro Static Discharge section of this manual and for RMA procedures please refer to our Website at http www teledyne api com under Customer Support gt Return Authorization 07223C DCN6572 Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U
95. 0 058110000 058330000 058330100 064130000 066970000 067240000 067300000 067300100 067300200 067900000 068810000 069500000 072150000 072230000 072250100 FL0000001 FL0000003 FL0000020 FM0000004 07223C DCN6572 T703U Spare Parts List Ref 077470000 11 19 2012 8 51a m DESCRIPTION CD ORIFICE 002 CD ORIFICE 006 ASSY GEN 703U ASSY OZ GEN LAMP BIR OP5 ABSORPTION TUBE QUARTZ KB ASSY FAN REAR PANEL B F PCA PRESS SENSORS 2X PHOTO OPT PCA PRESS SENSORS 1X OZONE OPT ASSY CONFIG PLUG 100 115V ASSY CONFIG PLUG 220 240V PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 PCA DC HTR TEMP BENCH ASSY SAMPLE THERMISTOR PCA RELAY CARD KB ASSY PUMP 12VDC PU63 CLIP THERMISTOR HOLDER KIT RELAY BD CAL KB ASSY BENCH UV LAMP BIR CR ASSY OPTICAL BENCH OZONE ASSY VALVE VA59 w o DIODE 5 LEADS ASSY REGULATOR FILTERS 20LPM 703 ASSY FLOW CNTRL 5LPM DILUTION ASSY FLOW CONTROL PHOTO REF ASSY 3 8 VENT ADAPTER ASSY DFU FILTER ASSY CARBON SCRUBBER PCA MTHRBRD CAL GEN 5 1 KB ASSY EXPENDABLES w AKIT ASSY INT PUMP 115V ASSY INT PUMP 230V ASSY DC HEATER THERM PCA O3 GEN PCA INTRF LCD TOUCH SCRN F P CPU PC 104 VSX 6154E ICOP KB BD ETHERNET ANALOG amp USB BOARD ETHERNET AUX I O BOARD ETHERNET amp USB LCD MODULE W TOUCHSCREEN KB PCA LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD PCA SERIAL
96. 0 MV 5 0 MIN ON 07223C DCN6572 135 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 2 5 TURNING O GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS ON OFF To enable or disable an existing calibration point press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby EN STBY SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU DIAG Continue pressing NEXT until ENTER PASSWORD O3GEN CALIBRATION 1 8 ENTR PRE ENTR Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL NO CALIBRATION PEINE PREV NEXT 1 500 MV 5 0 MIN ON PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT Continue pressing PREV amp NEXT until your reach the point to be turned ON OFF 8 1500 MV 50 MIN ON INS DEL EDIT CAL POINT DRIVE 0 MV SET SET EDIT Continue pressing SET until CAL POINT ENABLELD ON ET SET EDIT CAL POINT ENABLELD ON EXIT discards ENTR EXIT the new setting Turns the cal point ON OFF j gt ENTR accepts the new setting 136 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 2 6 PERFORMING AN AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OF THE GENERATOR To run the automatic generator calibration program press Make sure tha
97. 0 mV UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT SET SET CAL EXIT Only appear if AUTO CAL is turned OFF 86 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 9 3 AIN CALIBRATION This is the sub menu to calibrate the instrument s A to D conversion circuitry This calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU motherboard or power supplies To perform an AIN CALIBRATION press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR DIAG AIO SET AOUTS CALIBRATED NO CAL C Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED NO SET CAL DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A D ZERO DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A D SPAN DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED YES CAL SET 07223C DCN6572 87 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 10 SETUP gt MORE gt VARS INTERNAL VARIABLES VARS The T703 T703U has several user adjustable software variables which define certain operational parameters Usually these variables are automatically set by the instrument s firmware but can be manually re defined using the VARS menu The following table lists all variables that are available within the 818 password protected level See Appendix A for a detailed listing of all of the variables that are accessible thr
98. 0000 058330100 064130000 066970000 067240000 067300000 067300100 067300200 067900000 068810000 069500000 072150000 072230000 072250100 CN0000073 FL0000001 FL0000003 FL0000020 FM0000004 FM0000005 FM0000006 HW0000005 HW0000020 07223C DCN6572 DESCRIPTION CD ORIFICE 003 GREEN ASSY OZ GEN LAMP BIR OP5 ABSORPTION TUBE QUARTZ KB ASSY FAN REAR PANEL PCA PRESS SENSORS 2X PHOTO OPT ASSY CONFIG PLUG 100 115V ASSY CONFIG PLUG 220 240V PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 PCA DC HTR TEMP BENCH ASSY SAMPLE THERMISTOR PCA RELAY CARD ASSY PUMP 12VDC OP63 CLIP THERMISTOR HOLDER KIT RELAY BD CAL ASSY BENCH UV LAMP BIR CR ASSY OPTICAL BENCH OZONE ASSY VALVE W CONN VA 59 ASSY REGULATOR FILTERS 20LPM ASSY FLOW CNTRL 5LPM DILUTION ASSY FLOW CONTROL PHOTO REF ASSY 3 8 VENT ADAPTER ASSY DFU FILTER ASSY CARBON SCRUBBER PCA MTHRBRD CAL GEN 5 1 ASSY EXPENDABLES w AKIT ASSY INT PUMP 115V ASSY INT PUMP 230V ASSY DC HEATER THERM PCA GEN PCA INTRF LCD TOUCH SCRN F P CPU PC 104 VSX 6154E ICOP BD ETHERNET ANALOG amp USB PCA BOARD ETHERNET BOARD ETHERNET amp USB LCD MODULE W TOUCHSCREEN PCA LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD PCA SERIAL amp VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD ASSY TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE MANUAL OPERATORS T703 DOM w SOFTWARE STD T703 POWER ENTRY 120 60 KB FIL
99. 0000 1 RET Relay Board 045230100 Ja Photo Ref Valve 055220000 5 12 Relay Board 045230100 J4 3 O3 Valve 1055220000 i 12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J 4 O3 Valve 055220000 2 15 Relay Board 045230100 J4 5 Pump 1047020000 i HAV RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 6 Pump 047020000 2 056310100 CBL 12C Signal 15V IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 Pi 1 Relay Board 045230100 5 4 AGND IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 2 Relay Board 045230100 35 3 SCL 125 Lamp Supply 041660100 Pi 3 Relay Board 1045230100 71 SDA IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 1__4 Relay Board 045230100 2 Shield Motherboard 088021400 1076 Relay Board 045230100 SCL 125 Lamp Supply 041680100 Pi 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 Pi 3 SDA iZS Lamp Supply 041660100 Pi 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 Pi 4 SCL Motherboard 058021400 J107 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 Pi 3 SDA Motherboard 058021400 J107 5 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 Pi 4 3151 Relay Board 045330100 Ji0 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 AGND Relay Board 045230100 J10 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 Bi 2 05673 Pump Adapter 115VAC Relay Board 045280100 J2 1 Pump 037070000 1 230V G Relay Board 045230100 J2 5 Pump 037070000 2 Neutral Relay Board 045230100 J2 2 Pump 037070000 3 Jumper Relay Board 045330100 J2 3 Relay Board 045230100 2774 06737 12C to AUX 0 Analog In Option ATX Motherboard 058021400 _ 106 1 Aux VO PCA 067300000 2 1 Motherboard 058021400
100. 07223C DCN6572 A 21 APPENDIX A 4 Signal I O Definitions Teledyne Models T703 T703U 70 MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 MODELS 703 T703U 703E I O Signal List for Latest Revision Signal Name Bit or Description Channel Number PHOTO REF VALVE 6 0 photometer valve in reference position 1 measure position ZA SHUTOFF VALVE 7 0 open zero air shutoff valve 1 close O3 PUMP ON 8 0 pump for photometer to measure 1 off 9 13 Spare PHOTO LAMP HEATER 14 0 Os photometer lamp heater on 1 off O3 GEN HEATER 15 0 generator lamp heater on 1 2 off Front panel keyboard default address 4E hex MAINT MODE 5 input 0 maintenance mode 1 normal mode LANG2 SELECT 6 input 0 select second language 1 select first language English SEQUENCE LED 8 output 0 sequence LED on executing sequence 1 off AUTO TIMER LED 9 output 0 automatic timer LED on automatic sequence timer enabled 1 off FAULT LED 10 output 0 fault LED on 1 off AUDIBLE BEEPER 14 output 0 beeper on for diagnostic testing only 1 off Rear board primary MUX analog inputs PHOTO DET 0 Photometer detector reading O3 GEN REF DET 1 generator reference detector reading 2 Spare PHOTO SAMP PRES 3 Photometer sample pressure 4 Temperature MUX REGULATOR_PRESS 5 Regulator pressure PHOTO_FLOW 6 Photometer
101. 1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question Pump power Heater power Valve Drive etc toggles properly using the Signal I O function then the associated control device on the Relay PCA is bad Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced The table below lists the control device associated with a particular function Table 8 8 Relay PCA Control Devices FUNCTION IN SOCKET UV Lamp Heater Q2 No Os Gen Heater Q3 No All Valves US Yes AC Dry air Pump K1 No DC Photometer Pump U1 No 8 4 8 PHOTOMETER O GENERATOR PRESSURE FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY This assembly is only present in calibrators with generator and or photometer installed The pressure flow sensor PCA located at the rear of the instrument between the O generator and the photometer pump see Figure 3 5 for T703 see Figure 3 7 for T703U can be checked with a Voltmeter The following procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard as well as the power supplies are operating properly BASIC PCA OPERATION e Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 10 VDC 0 25 VDC If not then the board is bad e Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 10 VDC 0 25 VDC If not then the board is bad e Measure the voltage across C2 it should be 5 VDC 0 25 VDC If not then the board is bad 07223C DCN6572 175 General Troubleshooting
102. 13 CPUPCA 067240000 COMI 8 1X0 Motherboard 058021400 P1212 CPU PCA 067240000 COMI 4 CTS Motherboard 058021400 P12 CPU PCA 067240000 COMI 7 RS GNDO Motherboard 058021400 P12 10 CPU PCA 067240000 COMI 6 RTS1 Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 8 CPUPCA 067240000 COM2 8 CTS1 485 Motherboard 058021400 P12 6 CPUPCA 067240000 COM2 7 RXi Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 9 CPU PCA 067240000 CON2 i 17547485 Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 CPU PCA 067240000 CON 4 RS GND1 Motherboard 058021400 12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 6 RXi Motherboard 058021400 Pi2 9 CPUPCA 067240000 485 1 1 485 Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 067240000 485 2 RS GND1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 485 3 WR256 CBL Transmitter to Interface LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J15 Transmitter PCA 068810000 07223C DCN6572 D 5 0 6 This page intentionally left blank 07223C DCN6572 1 2 3 4 y 5 6 7 8 REVISIONS REV DESCRIPTION DAT
103. 161 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 1 1 5 Follow the procedures defined in Section 3 4 4 to confirm that the calibrator s vital functions are working power supplies CPU relay PCA keyboard PMT cooler etc e See Figure 3 5 for general layout of components and sub assemblies in the calibrator e See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES The most common and or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message being displayed on the front panel Table 8 1 lists warning messages along with their meaning and recommended corrective action It should be noted that more than two or three warning messages occurring at the same time is often an indication that some fundamental sub system power supply relay PCA motherboard has failed rather than an indication of the specific failures referenced by the warnings In this case it is recommended that proper operation of power supplies See Section 8 4 3 the relay PCA See Section 8 4 7 and the motherboard See Section8 4 9 be confirmed before addressing the specific warning messages If a Warning Message is active the FAULT LED flashes the Param field displays the Warning message and the CLR button appears becomes active press to clear Warning message However if there is more than one warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and
104. 2 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation To solve this equation for C the concentration of the absorbing Gas in this case the application of a little algebra is required to rearrange the equation as follows Equation 9 6 1 1 C In amp STP Unfortunately both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the sample gas and therefore the number of ozone molecules present in the absorption tube thus changing the amount of light absorbed In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation Equation 9 7 I 1 29 92 C In x x 8 1 al 273 Where T sample ambient temperature in degrees Kelvin P 7 ambient pressure in inches of mercury Finally to convert the result into Parts per Billion PPB the following change is made Equation 9 8 9 gt 1 10 T 29 92inH C In x x x 8 1 aL 273 K P In a nutshell the photometer e Measures each of the above variables ambient temperature ambient gas pressure the intensity of the UV light beam with and without present e Inserts know values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption coefficient and e Calculates the concentration of present in the sample gas 9 6 1 2 The Measurement Reference Cycle In order to solve the Beer Lambert equation it is necessary to know the intensity of the light passing through the absorption pa
105. 2 25250 sing ws as SIE ANMUX RAIA 00K 12 V osse AIL RS0000287 RAT and RAB reduce the gain gy fa meg past JTO DCASAE ARMIZ is that ci ced igi 1 shove seale fo prevent De web 0076 reading PLACE 100 x Ne vw 5108 iw OHM 1 1 veer 5 6 vour T BAS70 00 RESISTOR AS m 10 MID 105 35V TANTAL cosas 4 yao aai SK D POSSIBLE TO VOLTAGE REF RI s 2058 CANA 000086 200R 50000275 1 R9 100 A LF353 cis E boonnass SAU 74HC574 396 E l C gt 1 9 E 3 zum 5 dena m L3 341 n a 18 D 9 ie im eL m 299 4 oes 27 5 n 9 16 piss DI ir a 057 1 Ee g iz BB FREQ Te el 0 15 uF ceras mes ne TIE p D n mm voli 5 ca 9 07 i ms 15 080 pes Tp See 0 29 58160 uso ne mS NEPROG gt 4 3 s all ale ali eel 2 Eu sod gt D vnus 8 um 0 051 1 um 13 MID D v 12 LSB D8 Q 1 D D B D 19 0 20 x 3 D 5 usw 5VANA BYPASS CAPS tw auri MUST BE WITHIN 12 OF THE REGULATOR mu 10r 35V TANTALUM INPUTIOUIPUT PINS Jb Ss Tar THERMISTER cuu one Install XT through hole 4SVANA MAXGSOCWN OR XT2 SMD sisv isv C
106. 23C DCN6572 xi Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 2 AC Main Power 8 4 3 DC Power Supply 8 4 4 Bus 8 4 5 Touchscreen Interface 8 4 6 LCD Display Module 8 4 7 Relay 8 4 8 Photometer Generator Pressure Flow Sensor Assembly 8 4 9 Motherboard 172 173 174 174 174 175 175 177 8 4 9 1 A D Function 177 8 4 9 2 Test Channel Analog Outputs Voltage 178 8 4 9 3 Status Outputs 179 8 4 9 4 Control Inputs 180 84 8 4 10 181 181 182 182 182 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 184 185 185 185 8 4 11 1 General RS 232 Troubleshooting 8 4 11 2 Troubleshooting Calibrator Modem or Terminal Operation 8 4 12 Temperature Problems 8 4 12 1 Box Chassis Temperatur 8 4 12 2 Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature 8 4 12 3 UV Lamp Temperature 8 4 12 4 Ozone Generator Temperature 8 5 Troubleshooting the Photometer 8 5 1 Dynamic Problems with the Photometer 8 5 1 1 Noisy or Unstable Readings at Zero 8 5 1 4 The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings 8 5 1 5 Cannot Zero 8 5 1 6 Cannot Span 8 5 2 Checking Measure Reference Valve 8 6 Trouble Shooting the Generator 8 6 1 Troubleshooting the O Generator in the 8 6 2 Troubleshooting the Generator in the T703l 8 7 Repair Procedures 8 7 1 Repairing
107. 37 DISuE ceramic vao 180000287 S RIS 10K 9 1 10K 1 RNG 1 10K 1 10K TOK 1 6 but not both THERMISTER R60 1 E 1 THERMIST THERMIST THERMIST THERMIST THERMIST THERMIST THERMISTER2 NICROFIT 14 Tae Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802 Reus 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572 T z 5 CONTROL INPUTS c Has 2 mn m ua ab B 52702 a p bs m 1 2 MEET WD 2 x i5 Hx A LNN 2 4 8 0 1 07 1 aF kl i ZH gue me XD D j LEES nm 0 w 10 1 8 si 9 a 8 B n 3
108. 3U 703E ADVANCED PUTA INSTRUMENTATION 05747D DCN6572 CUSTOMER PHONE CONTACT NAME FAX NO SITE ADDRESS MODEL TYPE SERIAL NO FIRMWARE REVISION Are there any failure messages Continue on back if necessary PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE Name in E Series and in E Series RECORDED VALUE ARE versions prior to v C 1 w software v C 1 and higher ACT ACT 1 OF TARG TARG TAR PP 50 1000 PPB OUTPUT FLOW OUT FLW 2 5LPM REG PRESSURE REG PRES psig 15 2PSIG 5LPM n a PRES 7030 only psig 8 1 PSIG 5LPM BOX TEMP BOX TMP ac 20 35 GEN REF O3GEN REF 0 5000 mV GEN DRIVE O3GENDRV 0 5000mV LAMP TEMP O3LAMPTMP 48 1 PHOTO MEASURE MEAS _ 2500 4700 mv PHOTO REFERENCE PHREF 2500 4700 mV PHOTO FLOW PH FLW LpM 0 720 0 880 LPM PHOTO LAMP TEMP PHLTEMP sc 58 1 PHOTO SPRESS PH SPRES IN HG A 1 AMBIENT IN HG A PHOTO STEMP 25 48 PHOTO SLOPE PH SLOPE 150 15 PHOTO OFFSET PH OFFST PPB 0 10 PPB n a STAB PPB lt 1 ppb on Zero Air Depending on options installed not all test parameters shown will be available in your calibrator 1 Ozone Regulator Pressure If ozone generator option installed f photometer option inst
109. 6 SLD RLY SLD RLY HEADER 4 ey Re vee X Do j Ds po 2 AC Neutral RELAY2 RED k E My Wy Wy Wy Ws Ye YEL YEL YEL GRN GRN GRN GRN B 21 A RLO RL2 VAO VAI VA24 od B I cma v 4 nia A B CU S mper zm 04 ag 1 ot 7 SCL POS 30 1 Sto U2A 2 H SDA 06 LT m 3 Por 1 2 arenen 213 4 2 l PH iom CONS pia 15 TOIT NTAHCO4 ag 2 IBI 101s vec GARECTIHER N RECTIFIER pig pz NS joy 3 4 T R3 2 VALVE POWER yg FR 20K 85 Us 1 g 16 yi 1 1 u IRF7205 DC Voc Ux T5 2 Hl ENABLE ours 24 T EE VALVE s 6 IU 6 d SIGNE 15 bi a vave e Beeeourt 4 7 UD 5555 VALVES N2540B 16 9 8 2 8PIN VLV_ENAB gt U2E cig i Ee DUAE 11 lo au 2000 25 1014148 x find low ESR electroytic NZ TP TP3 TPS TPG ENT we DOND V AGND Harr DCPWRIN KEYBRD SPARE ini il tad in Exi pev T Aura T J5 hi 12 DGND CAC 1052 CE MARK UNE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FX zi DGND ei FT I 5 2 Le e 4 AGND D m 516 07 Add alternate thermocouple connectors AGND 783 3 cuv E Rr oxi Asa c20 C21 C22 TP10 PIL TPIZ 3 FIV 1 e 4 AGND es es D TS es e 12RT FTZRET 57 97 idu Title 4 TV HU 2 Sr I Teledyne API 8 y y y 10 CHS GND 10
110. 62 Each instrument in the multidrop network requres this card and a communications cable Option 60B External Valve Driver Capability For driving up to eight 8 watt valves 48A 12V External Valve Driver Capability 48B 24V External Valve Driver Capability NIST Traceable Primary Standard Certification for use as a Primary Ozone Standard if purchased with the Os generator and photometer options 1A and 2A respectively 95C Calibration to NIST SRP 95D Calibration as aTransfer Standard 6x6 The Model T703 can be used as a Primary Ozone Standard For this application the performance of the T703 Photometric Calibrator is calibrated to Standard Reference Photometer SRP Calibrators ordered with this option are verified and validated in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the U S Environmental Protection Agency EPA under Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 50 Appendix D 40 CFR Part 50 Special Features Built in features software activated Maintenance Mode Switch located inside the instrument places the analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling yet ignore calibration diagnostic and reset instrument commands This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks Call Customer Service for activation Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display messages in a language N A other than the instrume
111. ANNEL IS TURNED OFF If the value displayed is gt 5000 mV The UV source has become brighter Adjust the UV Detector Gain potentiometer PHOTO The raw output of the lt 100mV Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply MEAS photometer during its 5000 mv lt 2000mV Lamp output has dropped adjust UV Preamp measure cycle Board or replace lamp If the value displayed is constantly changing Bad UV lamp Defective UV lamp power supply e P The raw output of the Falled C Bus REF photometer during its 0 5000 if the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than reference cycle 10mV between zero and span gas Defective leaking M R switching valve The raw output of the Possible causes of faults are the same as OUTPUT FLOW from generator s 5000 mV REF Table 8 2 reference detector Output flow rate OUTPUT Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE FLOW computed from 6 0001 WARNING from Table 8 1 regulator pressure The pressure of gas in SAMPLE the photometer Oln Hg A 40In Hg A Check for Gas Flow problems PRESSURE absorption tube SAMPLE The gas flow rate m FLOW through the photometer 1000 Check for Gas Flow problems sAMPLE The temperature of gas R Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO STEMP from in the photometer 70 Table 8 2 absorption tube Possible failure of Ben
112. ASS EXAMPLE The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12 grams Conversely one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs 12 grams Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements NDIR Non Dispersive Infrared NIST SRM National Institute of Standards and Technology Standard Reference Material PC Personal Computer PCA Printed Circuit Assembly the PCB with electronic components ready to use PC AT Personal Computer Advanced Technology PCB Printed Circuit Board the bare board without electronic component PFA Per Fluoro Alkoxy an inert polymer one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon PLC Programmable Logic Controller a device that is used to control instruments based on a 228 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge Term Description Definition logic level signal coming from the instrument PLD Programmable Logic Device PLL Phase Lock Loop PMT Photo Multiplier Tube a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected and charged to create a detectable current signal P N or PN Part Number PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration PTFE Poly Tetra Fluoro Ethylene a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may react on other surfaces one of the polyme
113. CA S PCAH NOTE CHANGE NOTES 04166 0000 M400E BENCH AND 175 LAMP SUPPLY re SHUNT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR BENCH SUPPLY CHANGE DESCRIPTION INITIAL vn isthe appRovaLs SCH UV LAMP DRIVER M450 SHUNT NOT INSTALLED IN TE FOR ZS SUPPLY INITIAL RELEASE KL submitted in strictest DRAWN only KL 3 4 97 CHECKED prohibited This document or any information contained DRAWING NO B 04421 in it may not be duplicated without proper authorization TAST MOD 41 Aug 2002 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572 R1 n 30R sow 2 4 5 6 HEADER 6 THERMISTOR Rev Date Change Description Eng 8 1 02 Initial release for PCA schematic KL The information herein is the property of API and is submitted in strictest con fidence for reference only Unauthorized use for any other purposes is prohibited This document or lany information contained it may not be duplicated without proper authorization 4 TELEDYNE APPROVALS SCH DC HEATER THERMISTOR CHECKED DRAWING NO 04422 REVISION A APPROVED LAST MOD 1 Aug 2002 D 11
114. CH CH Moves the cursor one character left or right DHCP OFF DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location SET Ru Accepts the new setting and retums to the previous EXT Ignores the new setting and retums to the previous i menu INST IP 000 000 000 000 Some buttons only appear when applicable gt SET SET EDIT Cursor location is indicated by brackets INST IP 0 00 000 000 CH CH DEL 0 ENTR EXIT E GATEWAY IP 000 000 000 000 SET SET gt GATEWAY IP 0 00 000 000 CH CH DEL 7 ENTR EXIT SUBNET 255 255 255 0 gt SET SET EDIT m ET MASK 2 55 255 255 0 TCP PORT 3000 CH CH DEL 7 ENTR EXIT i SET The PORT number needs to remain at 3000 Do not change this setting unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel to reinitialize its intemal interface firmware 4 Coe INET 0 INITIALIZING INET 100 2 INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED INITIALIZATION FAILED Contact your IT Network Administrator 122 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 6 2 CHANGING THE CALIBRATOR S HOSTNAME The HOSTNAME is the name by which the calibrator appears on your network The default name for all Teledyne API T703 calibrators is T703 To change this name particularly if you have more than one T703 calibrator on your network
115. Calibrator Operation Manual ABOUT THIS MANUAL Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this manual Structure its history of release and revisions Revision History how the content is organized Organization and the conventions used to present the information in this manual Conventions Used STRUCTURE This T703 T703U manual PN 07223 is comprised of multiple documents assembled in PDF format as listed below Part No Rev Name Description 07223 T703 and T703U Photometric Calibrator Operation Manual the main body of this manual 05745 E Menu trees and software documentation inserted as Appendix A of this manual 07224 A T703 Spare Parts List located in Appendix B of this manual 07747 A T703U Spare Parts List located in Appendix B of this manual 05747 D Appendix C Repair Questionnaire Documents and Schematics included in Appendix D of this manual 073600100 A T703 Interconnect List 07360 A T703 Interconnect Diagram 04354 D SCH PCA 04003 PRESS FLOW 04420 B SCHEMATIC UV DET PREAMP 04421 A SCHEMATIC UV LAMP SUPPLY 04422 A SCHEMATIC DC HEATER THERMISTOR 04524 SCHEMATIC RELAY CARD 05803 B SCH PCA 05802 MOTHERBOARD GEN 5 06698 D SCH PCA 06697 INTRFC LCD TCH SCRN 06882 B SCH LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD 06731 A SCH AUXILLIARY I O BOARD Note We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before a
116. Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 3 MULTIDROP RS 232 SET UP When the RS 232 Multidrop option is installed connection adjustments and configuration through the menu system are required This section provides instructions for the internal connection adjustments then for external connections and ends with instructions for menu driven configuration Note that because the RS 232 Multidrop option uses both the 232 and COM2 DB9 connectors on the instrument s rear panel to connect the chain of instruments COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS 232 or RS 485 operation CAUTION Risk of Instrument Damage and Warranty Invalidation Printed circuit assemblies PCAs are sensitive to electro static discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty See A Primer on Electro Static Discharge section in this manual for more information on preventing ESD damage In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly PCA as shown in Figure 5 3 This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the multidrop chain which must remain terminated This requires powering off and opening each instrument and making the following adjustments 1 With NO power to the instrume
117. Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1to6 220VAC Connects pump pin 1 to 220 240VAC power line 3108 240 VAC 1 Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1to6 50 HZ BLUE Connects pump pin 1 to 220 240VAC power line 3to8 1 A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly but is only functional on the T300 and has no function on the Models T700 or T703 202 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 110 VAC 115 VAC a WN 220 VAC 240 VAC 1 6 2 7 3 8 9 5 10 Jumper 5 to 10 not functional Figure 9 10 Pump AC Power Jumpers JP7 9 3 FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN DISPLAY INTERFACE The most commonly used method for communicating with the T703 T703U Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is via the instrument s front panel LCD touchscreen display The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board The touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen contro USB bus and emulates a computer mouse ler that connects to the CPU via the internal CPU LAN Optional LVDS USB Master TTL Video amp 3 3V 18 Bit TTL Dat 7 Optional LVDS TFT BIAS Supply 104 7 0 16 4V Remote Loca BackLight Supply 95
118. Dasibi 5008 calibrators the LEADS version of the T703 includes support for Dasibi Dot serial data commands and operational LEVELs NOTE For more information on the LEADS system please go to http www meteostar com 4 12 2 DOT COMMANDS The Dot commands form a text based ASCII data protocol that is transmitted between a control computer XENO data logger in this case and a calibrator or ambient gas analyzer over an RS 232 connection The details of the protocol are beyond the scope of this document but in its simplest form the protocol is based on a two or three digit integer preceded by a control A and a period and then followed by a and a two digit checksum EXAMPLE A xxx nn For further information on dot commands please contact T API Technical Support An T703 equipped with LEADS software can be simultaneously operated over the same COM port using standard Teledyne API s serial data commands and is compatible with APICOM versions 3 7 3 and later which include an added feature that allows a user to edit upload and download level tables 92 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 12 3 LEVELS A LEVEL is a combination of several parameters An ID number for the LEVEL e An action e g GENERATE STANDBY e target concentration value e output flow rate if applicable e Configuration for one
119. Doc Drawn By 9 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572 U6 pp 6 01 2KV V End 75 R13 i R20 CHASSIS C18 a i pH n Pi 2 pi SP3050 n I 2 NE V 2 ATX Ci 16 zum 15 4 LEDO 3 14 51 LEDO 6 13 6 EU 7 LEDI 8 Cet LEDI 7 10 D 9 STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET L DF11 8DP 2DS 24 CHASSIS CONN_RJ45_LED TPI Y TN 5Y ISO TP2 P2 lt 8 E 1 DA 1 us 2 3 1 VDD2 4 4 LME0505 5 5 GNDI GND 6 SL B 7 g 4 RIO E ONT Header 8 SC Header 8 22k T 100uF TP3 ol ISO GND Title Auxiliary Board PWR ETHERNET Size Number Revision DCN 6092 A 06731 PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED Date 5 6 2011 Sheet lof 3 File 106731 1 ETHERNET SchD amp rawn RT 1 2 3 4 D 29 0 30 CHASSIS V BUS RII 22k il c23 054 C 0 tuF ww GRN PFFF VDD EST RIS SUSPEND DTR D SUSPEND 5 3 Dt 4 CTS DFS D DSR PUT VEUs mes VBUS 4 g VREG 5 GND VBUS GND Un USB skell
120. E SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP ENTER PASSWORD ENTR EXIT Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD DIAG SIGNAL PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION PREV NEXT DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION CAL PNTS DIAG O3GEN 1 500 MV 5 0 MIN ON PREV NEX INS DEL EDIT EXIT Toggle to move between calibration points 07223C DCN6572 133 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 2 3 ADDING OR EDITING O GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS To add a calibration point to the table or edit an existing point press sure thatthe calibrator is in standby Esca PRIMARY SETUP MENU SECONDARY SETUP MENU the point is to be added or edited New Faint ots std displayed point CAL POINT DRIVEOMV Toggle to move between 4 calibration points parameters CAL POINT DRIVEOMV 0 ENTR_EXIT EXIT discards the new setting Toggle to set the drive voltage 4 i ENTR accepts the new setting EI CAL POINT DRIVE300MV ET SET EDIT EXIT 4 CAL POINT DURATION 0 0 MIN ET SET EDIT EXIT CAL POINT DURATION 0 0 MIN o 5 o ENTR
121. E DCN APPROVED A PRODUCTION RELEASE Analog Status Control RS 485 AC POWER Out 71020 71017 In 11004 21010 amp 1011 SWITCH Motherboard ENTRANCE e 058021400 e P g VALVE 1 DRIVER BD 036490100 gt yJ are 11 4 05469 3 lt ns UV LAMP 27 n 04776 0416601 c ANALOG IN OPT 1 L UV LAMP Bench UV LAMP 98760 06737 041440000 ton BRIER 04776 0416605 L 4 Gen Htr 041440100 03829 06801 n n Sample Temp 0563101 5 15 04105 04001 Tomi p J 06741 04176 Press Flow 0427901 2 06802 0400307 no B ue N 7 RELAYBOARD J8 BENCH 045230100 DET mO 7 lt 04120 0428001 05673 X cm m PUMP 12 DET L 03707 05484 P3 04120 P Meas Ref Vlv 05522 Sis 74 1 0 LCD w Touchscreen O3 Valve KEV 07215 06697 08700 _ 1 All part numbers in identify cables that are refered to in the accompanying document 073600100 2 All items in Dashed boxes are SARTRE EC Tom A optional o Lu e CM mr nonor buo APPROVALS DATE INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM meu zl 11 10 T703 PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED ul a7 ims D 13724 07360 A DNS m ron 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 07223C DCN6572 D 7 0 8 ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
122. EL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING The A D or at least one D A channel has not been calibrated 1 The name is used to request a message via the RS 232 interface A 18 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 Functions APPENDIX A 3 Warnings and Test Table A 3 Test Functions TEST FUNCTION NAME MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION ACTCONC ACT GENERATE 37 PPB O3 Actual concentration being generated computed from real time inputs TARGCONC TARG GENERATE 100 PPB O3 Target concentration to generate OUTPUTFLOW OUTPUT FLOW 7 3 LPM Output flow rate computed from regulator pressure REGPRESS REG PRESSURE 20 1 PSIG Regulator pressure BOXTEMP BOX TEMP 31 2 C Internal chassis temperature O3GENREF GEN REF 1000 0 MV generator reference detector reading O3GENDRIVE O3 GEN DRIVE 800 0 MV generator lamp drive output O3GENTEMP LAMP TEMP 49 7 generator lamp temperature PHOTOMEAS PHOTO MEASURE 2998 8 MV Photometer detector measure reading PHOTOREF PHOTO 3000 0 Photometer detector reference reading PHOTOFLOW PHOTO FLOW 0 2978 LPM Photometer sample flow rate PHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP 52 6 C Photometer lamp temperature PHOTOSPRESS PHOTO SPRESS 29 9 IN HG A Photometer sample pressure
123. EXIT setting 0 7 0 0 C ENTR accepts the new setting J The ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same communications channel e g a multi drop setup Different models of Teledyne API s calibrators have different default ID numbers but if two calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel for example two T703 s the ID of one instrument needs to be changed The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several calibrators attached to the same network but situated in different physical locations 106 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 1 7 TERMINAL OPERATING MODES The T703 can be remotely configured calibrated or queried for stored data through the serial ports As terminals and computers use different communication schemes the calibrator supports two communicate modes specifically designed to interface with these two types of devices e Computer mode is used when the calibrator is connected to a computer with a dedicated interface program e Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal or a dumb computer terminal The commands that are used to operate the calibrator in this mode are listed in Table 5 2 5 1 7 1 Help Commands in Terminal Mode Table 5 2 Terminal Mode Software Commands COMMAND Function Control T Switches the calibrator to terminal mode
124. Figure 5 5 APICOM Remote Control Program Interface NOTE APICOM is included free of cost with the calibrator and the latest versions can also be downloaded for free at http www teledyne api com software apicom The T703 calibrator is fully supported by APICOM revision 3 9 4 and later Instruments with the LEADS support option must run APICOM revision 4 0 and later 124 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION Basic electronic calibration of the Calibrator is performed at the factory Normally there is no need to perform this factory calibration in the field however the performance of several of the instrument s key subsystems should be verified periodically and if necessary adjusted These subsystems are Photometer The photometer performance should be periodically verified against an external standard see Section 6 1 e OsGenerator The generator should be periodically calibrated see Section 6 2 6 1 VERIFYING CALIBRATING THE O PHOTOMETER The accuracy of calibration gas produced by the T703 depends entirely on the accuracy of the photometer therefore it is very important that the photometer is operating properly and accurately The verification procedure can be performed using the instruments internal O generator see Figure 6 1 or an external source of see Figure 6 2 In either case
125. H 2 DIODE SCHOTTKY _ E 100005 a m E 1 2 sona Dione SCHOTTKY ARa Gurs RELAY SPDT d 5 23K 5 bs TERMBLOCK 12 RELAY sib f i 2 4 5 1 Son 3 prae Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802 Ner C 1 z 3 5 6 D 23 0 24 6 MI MIS am lt CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS E TP3 TP4 10 5 10 aav D sv D 4 FBIG z 3 3 Y sf i T 1 FBMSZIGHMSOINT 6 1 FBMESZIGHMSOINT gt FB2 lt SCL gt FBI7 R6 4M SRS 77300100 1039300100 10K 10K Qu FBMHSZIGHMSOINT FBMSZIGHMSOINT Dithb Mode n P 2 51 o ms BackLightDrive ro R46 FEMHSZIGHMSOINT 2 MH32 BS aa 3 4 acs 22uF 63V Data Enable 42 0 m 3863 607 IMK316BI220KL 0 0022 Veme E m niema Dikenang n 2 LN o 0 Enable m 2 A RT aRs 1 Disable E 1 EJ 15 16 LR o FB4 Ds T pa Scan Direction qus 215 3B o UID UR Scan Dir sv ND 6 ito m 21 22 any Fo H UD Lt 28 FBMH3216HMS50INT 772 aB6 aB7 Lo 1 DURL NI is 7 510 25 26 lo 0 0 UD RL Gi 1 2 Gr gt 7 7 ck 1 1 DULR 4 o 27 28 a lt m 0
126. ILED 3 SETUP COMMUNICATIONS MENU INET COM1 2 Contact your IT Network Administrator 07223C DCN6572 123 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 7 APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM APICOM is an easy to use yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access and control any of Teledyne API s main line of ambient and stack gas instruments from a remote connection through direct cable modem or Ethernet Running APICOM a user can e Establish a link from a remote location to the T703 through direct cable connection via RS 232 modem or Ethernet e View the instrument s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be accessed when standing in front of the instrument e Remotely edit system parameters and set points e Download view graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis e Retrieve view edit save and upload DAS configurations e Check on system parameters for trouble shooting and quality control APICOM is very helpful for initial setup data analysis maintenance and trouble shooting Figure 5 5 shows examples of APICOM s main interface which emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel ApiComm Remote Interface Local Instrument Target Actual aS EH m m TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION A Tolecyne Technelogies Company
127. ION Avoid Damaging Touchscreen Do not use hard surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the touch screen buttons Table 3 1 Display Screen and Touch Control Description Field Description Function LEDs indicating the states of the calibrator Name Color State Definition Unit is operating in STANDBY mode Active Green off This LED is lit when the instrument is actively producing calibration gas GENERATE mode This LED is lit only when the calibrator is performing an automatic Auto Timer Yellow off iium calibration sequence The calibrator is warming up and therefore many of its subsystems Fault Red blinking are not yet operating within their optimum ranges Various warning messages may appear in the Param field Target Actual Gas concentrations Cal gas MFC and Diluent MFC values with unit of measure Mode Displays the name of the calibrator s current operating mode default is STANDBY at initial startup Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages operational data test function Param FI values and response messages during interactive tasks Touchscreen control row of eight buttons with dynamic context sensitive labels buttons are blank when inactive inapplicable Figure 3 3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts that are illustrated throughout this manual The Mode Param parameters and Target Actual
128. ISE END OF SEQUENCES INS 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS NS DEL EDIT SETUP XX NAME Y SET EDIT EXIT Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown in the message field in the message feld Cy Scrolls back and forth between Continue pressing SET until existing sequences SETUP XX REPEAT COUNT 1 SET SET gt EDIT EXIT SETUP XX NAME 0 4 ENTER EXIT ae exrascsas ve new NAME Y ENTR accepts the Toggle these buttons to set the repeat count from 1 to 100 new Enter 0 to cause the sequence to loop indefinitely 07223C DCN6572 55 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 1 4 Using the Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences Sequences can be set to trigger based on the internal clock The sequence can be set up to start at a predetermined date and time It can also be set to repeat after a predetermined delay time So activate and sequence timer pres Make sure that the calibrator is in standby GEN STBY SEQ SETUP mode Le Ee cue PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT his display only appears if there are no sequences currenti programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE END OF SEQUENCES INS 1 SEQ X STEPS INS DEL EDIT A SETUP XX Deletes the shown the sequence shown in the message field in the message field
129. If this voltage is out of range then either pressure transducer S1 is bad the board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR e Measure the voltage across and TP1 With proper flow 800 cc min through the photometer this should be approximately 4 5V this voltage will vary with altitude e With flow stopped photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF the voltage should be approximately 1V e Ifthe voltage is incorrect the flow sensor S3 is bad the board is bad or there is a leak upstream of the sensor 176 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 4 9 MOTHERBOARD 8 4 9 1 A D Functions The simplest method to check the operation of the A to D converter on the motherboard is to use the Signal I O function under the DIAG menu to check the two A D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter 1 Use the Signal function See Section 8 1 3 and Appendix A to view the value of REF 4096 MV and REF GND If both are within 3 mV of nominal 4096 and 0 and are stable 0 5 mV then the basic A D is functioning properly If not then the motherboard is bad 2 Choose a parameter in the Signal I O function such as PHOTO LAMP DRIVE O3 GEN TEMP or PHOTO FLOW e Compare these voltages at their origin see
130. LEVEL number 07223C DCN6572 95 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 12 5 2 Editing or Deleting a LEVEL To edit or delete an existing LEVEL press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode gt SETUP LEVL PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORI PREV NEXT LEVEL ID Gas Conc Status Block Set INS DEL EDIT Continue pressing NEXT or PREV until until LEVEL to be edited or deleted appears PREV NEXT 25 150 PPB 03 04 00 INS DEL EDIT EXIT SETUP XX YES NO DELETE STEP SETUP LEVEL NUMBER 12 Toggle to select the lt SET SET EDIT parameter to be EXIT edited Level ID Number Action Status Block 1 Status Block 2 Press EDIT then follow the instructions for the parameter Levels are displayed according to the following Format LEVEL ID Any number between 0 and 99 This will be the number used to select the level when activating deactivating it or when editing or deleting it Gas Conc The concentration setting in ppb for the generator to produce Status Block Setting This will be displayed as two pairs of 1 digit numbers The First pair corresponds to Status Block 1 The Second pair corresponds to Status Block 2 n each case The left digit will be a number be
131. M a x s 0 R54 i CHASSIS EX 1I Yo n 17 CLKOUT N 0855 23 i bDCLK CLKOUT ann a LK CIKOUT N 16 m HEADER 7X2 22 SHIDW 41 we 28 voc R40 G3168 05000202 00 100 lt 100 Qoo Quo vec FBIS E 8 ri 12 LVDS VCC av FBMHSZIGHNBOINT a 2 v 7 3 NOTE c62 13 55 To receive backlight control BACKL from CPU board FB6 18 Typscnp 9 when using ICOP 0096 LVDS Transmitter 19 GND The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector 01 PGND GND 3r VSYNC to U1 23 must be broken and connected to PLLGND GND pin 43 Voc PIN 28 Voc PIN36 Veo PIN a2 Vee PIN 48 SNTSLVDS86A co ow esr _ 2 ess 22uF 63V JMK316BJ226KL Jor Joo Jor Joo Jor Joo Lor ooi Css cse Cs Css foo Yor Joo 5 e D D Tile GUI Interface Number Revision B 06698 D Da 62472010 Sheet dof 4 File NiPCEMGRY W6W6 PERS schdos Drawn RT 1 2 4 6 07223C DCN6572 D 27 0 28 MTI MT2
132. MIN FLOW LPM 0 2 0 1 Minimum flow rate that indicates Os pump is on O3 PUMP TIMEOUT Seconds 30 1 180 Os pump startup timeout O3 PUMP PULSE Seconds 0 5 0 110 Os pump power off pulse duration PHOTO CYCLE Seconds 10 0 5 30 Photometer lamp temperature control cycle period PHOTO PROP 0 5 0 10 Photometer lamp temperature PID proportional coefficient PHOTO INTEG 0 05 0 10 Photometer lamp temperature PID integral coefficient PHOTO_DERIV 0 2 0 10 Photometer lamp temperature PID derivative coefficient PHOTO FLOW SLOPE 1 0 001 100 Slope term to correct photometer sample flow rate O3 DEF DRIVE mV 800 0 5000 generator default drive setting O3 GEN MODE BNCH CNST generator control mode REF Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 BNCH interface 12 07223 DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description Units Value Range O3 MIN CONC PPB 25 0 100 generator minimum reliable concentration Less than this is treated as zero REF DELAY Seconds 60 1 300 Oa generator reference feedback control delay REF FREQ Seconds 1 1 60 generator reference adjustment frequency REF FSIZE Samples 1 10 generator reference filter size REF INTEG 0 1 0 10 generator reference PID integr
133. N6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service Table 8 9 Analog Output Test Function Nominal Values Voltage Outputs FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE see Section 4 9 1 3 100mv 1V 5V 10V STEP NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 20 20 mv 02 1 2 3 40 40 mV 04 2 4 4 60 60 mV 0 6 3 6 5 80 80 mV 0 8 4 8 6 100 100 mV 10 5 10 If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges it is likely that there has been a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on the motherboard 8 4 9 3 Status Outputs To test the status output electronics 1 Connect a jumper between the D pin and the V pin on the status output connector 2 Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the pin and the pin for the status output that is being tested 3 Connect a voltmeter between the V pin and the pin of the output being tested see table below 4 Under the DIAG SIGNAL I O menu See Section8 1 3 scroll through the inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question 5 Alternately turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter e It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF Table 8 10 Status Outputs Check PIN LEFT TO RIGHT STATUS 1 ST SYSTEM OK 2 SPARE 3 ST CAL ACTIVE 4 ST DIAG MODE 5 ST TEMP ALARM 6 ST PRESS ALARM 7 an
134. NTR setting ENTR accepts the new seting 2 Toggle these buttons to enter the starting time MB og ai A ag _ MINUTE ENTR accepts the new selling 2 Y 58 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 1 5 Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence The calibrator s control inputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an external source This feature allows the calibrator to operate in a slave mode so that external control sources such as a data logger can initiate the calibration sequences Each of the calibrator s control outputs located on the back of the instrument see Figure 3 2 e 12 separate ON OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences e 12 bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095 separate calibration sequences To assign a CC INPUT pattern code to a particular sequence press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby SETUP mode nr ieee og PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE y SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT fis display only appears there are no sequences programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE END OF SEQUENCES INS 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS INS DEL EDIT ISETUP XX SET gt EDIT E
135. O DO NOT Press the ZERO or SPAN buttons Doing so will cause the instrument to recalculate it internal SLOPE and OFFSET When finished measuring the external Os values press EXIT PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL CAL EXIT C Continue pressing EXIT until 5 STANDBY STANDBY GEN STBY SEQ SETUP Make sure that the ACT test function is displayed in the message field The ACT function in the message field displays the concentration of the source gas 07223C DCN6572 91 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 12 SETUP gt LVL SETTING UP AND USING LEADS DASIBI OPERATING LEVELS 4 12 1 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT LEADS LEVELS The T703 calibrator can be equipped with a version of firmware that includes support for LEADS a data collection and analysis system specifically designed for handling meteorological and environmental data particularly when there is a need to integrate data and control instrumentation from several different manufacturers When a T703 calibrator is equipped with the optional LEADS software used in conjunction with data loggers located in a central data analysis facility it is possible to collect and buffer data between the various calibrators analyzers and metrological equipment remotely located at an air monitoring station Because LEADS was originally developed for use with TNRCC using
136. O address 325 hex CONTROL IN 7 0 5 0 input asserted CONTROL IN 12 1 de asserted 6 7 Always 1 U17 41008 control outputs pins 1 8 bits 0 7 write default I O address 321 hex CONTROL OUT 1 0 7 0 output asserted CONTROL OUT 8 1 de asserted 021 J1008 control outputs pins 9 12 bits 0 3 write default I O address 325 hex CONTROL OUT 9 0 3 0 output asserted CONTROL OUT 12 1 de asserted U7 4108 internal inputs pins 9 16 bits 0 7 read default address 322 hex 0 7 Spare U8 J108 internal outputs pins 1 8 bits 0 7 write default I O address 322 hex 0 7 Spare U24 J1017 A status outputs pins 1 8 bits 0 7 write default I O address 323 hex ST_SYSTEM_OK 0 0 system 1 any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode 1 Spare ST CAL ACTIVE 2 0 executing sequence 1 not executing sequence ST DIAG MODE 3 0 in diagnostic mode 1 not diagnostic mode ST TEMP ALARM 4 0 any temperature alarm 1 all temperatures OK ST PRESS ALARM 5 0 any pressure alarm 1 all pressures OK 6 7 Spare U27 41018 B status outputs pins 1 8 bits 0 7 write default I O address 324 hex 0 7 Spare Relay board digital output PCF8575 write default C address 44 hex RELAY WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep relay board active ZERO AIR PUMP 1 0 pump on for zero air 1 off 2 5 Spare
137. ONFIGURATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION OUTPUT Press ENTR S PREV NEXT See SECONDARY SETUP Menu SET SET DIAG CALIBRATION Submenu J PREV NEXT FRAC Value T703U O3 PRES Value PSIG A O8 Value T O3 Value OUT FLW Value LPM REG PRES Value PSIG BOX TMP ValueC OSGENREF Value MV OSGENDRV Va ue MV OSLAMPTMP Va ue C MEAS Value MV 0 1 CONTROL IN 1 AOUTS CALIBRATED THRU 12 CAL SET gt Initiates auto calibration of all CONC OUT 1 analog outputs CONC OUT 2 TEST OUTPUT AIN CA P ATED 12 23 CONTROL OUT_1 THRU 12 24 ST_SYSTEM_OK 25 ST_CAL_ACTIVE 26 ST_DIAG MODE 27 ST_TEMP_ALARM 28 ST_PRESS_ALARM 29 RELAY_WATCHDOG 30 ZERO AIR PUMP 31 PHOTO REF VALVE 32 ZA SHUTOFF VALVE CAL Initiates auto calibration of the analog inputs zero and span points EDIT PHREF Value MV 34 PHOTO LAMP HEATER PHFLW Value LPM 3508 GEN HEATER PHLTEMP ValueJC 37 LANG2 SELECT RANGE OVER REC AUTO CALIBRATED PH SPRES Va ue IN HG A SE SEQUENCE LED RANGE OFFSET CAL PHSTEMP Valuejc 40 FAULT LED SLOPE Va ue 41 AUDIBLE BEEPER N PHOFFST Value PPB L ON Sets a voltage ON CAL PH STAB Value PPB to VOLTAGE SIGNALS OFF OFF offset for the OFF TIME HH MM SS output Auto Cal Manual CaP Initiates auto calibration ow 1V 5 10V of the select
138. OR REPLACEMENT OF OZONE GENERATOR UV LAMP This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the ozone generator lamp If you are adjusting an existing lamp skip to Step 8 1 Turn off the instrument 2 Remove the cover from the instrument 3 Locate the O generator see Figure 3 5 Set Screws Lamp O ring O Generator Body Figure 7 4 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations 4 Remove the two setscrews on the top of the generator and gently pull out the old lamp Inspect the o ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged Install the new lamp in generator housing e Do not fully tighten the setscrews e lamp should be able to be rotated in the assembly by grasping the lamp cable Turn on instrument and allow it to stabilize for at least 20 minutes Locate the Os generator reference detector adjustment potentiometer O Generator Body Ew Adjustment Pot Generator Reference Detector PCA Figure 7 5 Location of Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot 07223C DCN6572 159 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 Perform the following procedure Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU GAS CONFIG MODE ADJ ACT CAL 0 000LPM Press lt TST TST gt until GEN REF 2500 0 MV
139. Operation Manual TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS Poor photometer temp control can cause instrument noise stability and drift Temperatures PHOTO LAMP TEMP outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8 1 The pressure of the gas in the photometer s sample chamber is used to calculate the concentration of O in the gas stream Incorrect sample pressure can cause inaccurate PHOTO SPRESS readings Check for Gas Flow problems See Section Table 8 1 The temperature of the gas in the photometer s sample chamber is used to calculate the concentration of in the gas stream Incorrect sample temperature can cause inaccurate readings Possible causes of faults are Bad bench lamp heater Failed sample temperature sensor Failed relay controlling the bench heater Failed Relay PCA Bus malfunction HotLamp Values outside range indicate Contamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply Instrument is miss calibrated Blocked Gas Flow Faulty Sample Pressure Sensor or circuitry Bad incorrect Span Gas concentration Values outside range indicate Contamination of the Zero Air supply Time of Day clock is too fast or slow TIME To adjust see Section 4 7 2 Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead PHOTO STEMP PHOTO SLOPE PHOTO OFFSET
140. Option D7 Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve D2 Yellow Zero Air Pump Option T703U only D10 Green O Divert Valve om T703U only D11 Green Generator Valve D15 Green Photometer Lamp Heater D16 Green Generator Lamp Heater D1 RED Watchdog Indicator Figure 8 3 Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting Table 8 5 Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications LED INDICATES ACTIVATED BY DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE Pump should start stop If not e Failed pump D2 a P Yello AC powered Zero Air Pump ZERO AIR PUMP Failed AC Relay on Relay PCA w option status TY UA Failed Relay PCA Faulty AC Power Supply PS2 e Faulty Connectors Wiring D7 Valve should audibly change states If not Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve status PHOTO_REF_VALVE e Failed Valve Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA D8 Failed Relay Zero Air Shutoff Valve option status ZA SHUTOFF VALVE Gran Faulty 12 VDC Supply PS2 e Faulty Connectors Wiring Pump should start stop If not e Failed pump a is DC powered Pump status O3 PUMP ON i ste Bai Relay PCA Faulty 12 VDC Supply PS2 e Faulty Connectors Wiring 010 gt Valve should audibly change states If not Grean T703U Divert Valve status O3 DIVERT VALVE Failed Valve Fail
141. PI FIRMWARE E alibrator Operations Calibration Procedures Configuration Procedures PC 104 BUS Autonomic Systems Diagnostic Routines Memory Handling Calibration Data System Status Data CALI BRATOR HARDWARE interface Handling Sensor input Data Touchscreen Measurement Analog Output Data Algorithms for 85232 amp RS485 PC 104 BUS photometer External Digital 1 0 Figure 9 12 Schematic of Basic Software Operation 204 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 5 O GENERATOR OPERATION 9 5 1 PRINCIPLE OF PHOTOLYTIC GENERATION Ozone is a naturally occurring substance that is sometimes called activated oxygen It contains three atoms of oxygen instead of the usual two found in normal oxygen that is essential for life Because of its relatively short half life ozone cannot be bottled and stored for later use and there fore must always be generated on site by an ozone generator The two main principles of ozone generation are UV light and corona discharge While the corona discharge method is most common because of its ability to generate very high concentrations up to 50 it is inappropriate for calibration needs since the level of fine control over the concentration is poor Also the corona discharge method produces a small amount of NO as a bypr
142. R EXIT k A new setting ENTR accepts the new setting 7 SETUP SET CC OUTPUT 0 00000000000 10 CH CH ENTR EXIT Moves the cursor one character left or right Toggle to turn the selected bit ON OFF 0 or 1 SETUP X X 1 SET CC OUTPUT 000100010110 EXIT PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT 66 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 2 6 Deleting or Edi ng an Individual Step in a Sequence To delete or edit an individual step in an existing Sequence press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode cud Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE 1 EDIT PRINT INS 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION DEL EDIT SETUP X X 0 SET gt EDIT Continue pressing SET gt until STEPS Submenu SETUP X X STEPS 12 lt 5 EDIT SE ISETUP X X PREV NEXT INS 1 GENERATE DEL EXI Continue pressing NEXT or PREV until until step to be deleted appears Follow the instructions for the step being y SETUP X X 7 STANDBY PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT SETUP X X DELETE STEP YES NO edited ISETUP X X PREV NEXT INS If the step delet
143. RITY 115200 8 1 PORT E 7 1 4 RS 485 HOSTNAME SECURITY MULTIDROP PROTOCOL ENABLE MODEM ERROR CHECKING XON XOFF HANDSHAKE HARDWARE HANDSHAKE HARDWARE FIFO COMMAND PROMPT ON OFF 1 MACHINE 10 703 ID 0 3 ENTR EXIT Toggle to set the ID code Figure A 4 ENTER PASSWORD 818 PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT 0 PHOTO LAMP ValueIDegC 1 03_GEN_LAMP Value DegC 2 03 CONC RANGE ValuejPPB 3 O3 PHOTO BENCH ONLY ON OFF 4 2 PUMP ENAB ON OFF 5 STD TEMP Value DegC 6 STD PRESS Value In Hg CLOCK ADJ HH MM SS See SECONDARY SETUP Menu DIAG Submenu Model 703E only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is installed NOTE When Ethernet PCA is present COM2 submenu disappears IP GATEWAY IP amp SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP i OFF ENTER PASSWORD 818 3 Although PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state do change the setting for this property 4 HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode SECONDARY SETUP Menu Basic 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees MAIN MENU gt SETUP MORE gt DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 818 PREV NEXT ANALOG ANALOG OSGEN FHOTO FLOW PRESSURE TEST CHAN SIGNAL VO OUTPUT C
144. SETUP X X T703 Cailbrator Press exit at any time to PREV NEXT return to the SETUP menu 07223C DCN6572 69 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 7 SETUP gt CLK 4 7 1 SETTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK S TIME AND DAY The T703 T703U has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of the calibration sequence feature time of day TEST function and time stamps on most COM port messages To set the clock s time and day press GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CLK PASS MORE SETUP X X TIME OF DAY CLOCK TIME DATE ENTR EXIT 5 ENTR EXIT Toggle these Toggle these MINUTE buttons to enter buttons to enter current hour current day month and year HOUR SETUP X X TIME 22 30 2 2 3 0 ENTR EXIT 1 8 JUN 0 5 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X TIME OF DAY CLOCK EXIT returns to TIME DATE SETUP X X display 70 07223 DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 7 2 ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK S SPEED In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower you can adjust a variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day To change this variable press GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER SETUP PA
145. SR DTR RXD Figure 5 2 CPU COM1 amp COM2 Connector Pin Outs for RS 232 Mode Teledyne API offers two mating cables one of which should be applicable for your use e Part number WR000077 a DB 9 female to DB 9 female cable 6 feet long Allows connection of the serial ports of most personal computers Also available as Option 60 see Section 1 2 e Part number WR000024 a DB 9 female to DB 25 male cable Allows connection to the most common styles of modems e g Hayes compatible and code activated switches Both cables are configured with straight through wiring and should require no additional adapters NOTE Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable Check cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin assignments before using To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem there are activity indicators just above the RS 232 port Once a cable is connected between the calibrator and a computer or modem both the red and green LEDs should be on If the lights are not lit use the slide switch on the rear panel to switch between DTE and DCE modes If both LEDs are still not illuminated make sure the cable properly constructed 07223C DCN6572 101 Communications Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 1 3 COM PORT BAUD RATE To select the baud rat
146. SS 0 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT JUMP Continue pressing NEXT until SETUP X X 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day PREV NEXT EDIT ENTR EXIT 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day EDIT ENTR EXIT Enter sign and number of seconds per day the clock gains or loses gt SETUP X X 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting gt 07223C DCN6572 71 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 8 SETUP gt PASS The menu system provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to prevent unauthorized adjustments When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS menu item the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a password protected function e g SETUP is selected This allows normal operation of the instrument but requires the password 101 to access to the menus under SETUP When PASSWORD is disabled SETUP gt OFF any operator can enter the Primary Setup SETUP and Secondary Setup SETUP gt MORE menus Whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled a password default 818 is required to enter the VARS or DIAG menus in the SETUP gt MORE menu Table 4 6 Password Levels IPASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED Null 000 Operation All functions of the main menu top level or Primary menu 101 Configuration Maintenance Access to Prim
147. STANCE If this manual and its trouble shooting service sections do not solve your problems technical assistance may be obtained from TELEDYNE API TECHNICAL SUPPORT 9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92121 5201 USA Toll free Phone 800 324 5190 Phone 858 657 9800 Fax 858 657 9816 Email sda_techsupport teledyne com Website http www teledyne api com Before you contact Technical Support fill out the problem report form in Appendix C which is also available online for electronic submission at http www teledyne api com forms 190 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 9 1 PNEUMATIC OPERATION 9 1 1 GAS FLOW CONTROL Gas flow rates are set by various flow control assemblies in the gas stream s locations indicated in Figure 9 1Figure 9 2 ZEROAIR IN DFU PHOTO ZERO IN Flow Control PHOTO ZERO OUT Assembly EXHAUST Locations OUT CAL GAS OUT CAL GAS OUT VENT Lee PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 9 1 Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies T703 Flow Control consearor i 7 Assembly MODULE Locations
148. T CONSTANT 3 4 5 2 REF REFERENCE 3 4 5 3 BNCH BENCH 3 4 6 Setting the Generator 3 4 7 Setting the output Flow Rate 3 4 7 1 Calculating Output Flow Rate 3 4 7 2 Flow Setup for GPT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 4 OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR 4 1 Test Functions 4 2 Overview of Operating modes 4 3 Standby Mode 4 4 General Information about the GENERATE mode 4 4 1 GENERATE gt AUTO Basic Generation of Calibration Ga 4 5 Automatic Calibration Sequences 4 5 1 SETUP SEQ Programming Calibration Sequences 4 5 1 1 Activating a Sequence from the T703 T703U Front Pane 4 5 1 2 Namirig a SOqUONCO dst dada tec ire teen 07223C DCN6572 ix Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 1 3 Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence 4 5 1 4 Using the Internal Clock to Trigger Sequence 4 5 1 5 Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence 4 5 1 6 Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence 4 5 1 7 Setting the Progress Reporting Mode for the Sequences 61 4 5 2 Adding Sequence Steps 4 5 2 1 The GENERATE Step 4 5 2 2 The STANDBY Step 4 5 2 3 The DURATION Step 4 5 2 4 The EXECSEQ Step 4 5 2 5 The CC OUTPUT Step 4 5 2 6 Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence 4 5 3 Deleting a Sequence 4 6 SETUP gt CFG 4 7 SETUP gt CLK 4 7 1 Setting the Intern
149. T BREAKER The calibrator operates in two main AC power ranges 100 120 VAC and 220 240 VAC both 10 between 47 and 63 Hz A 5 ampere circuit breaker is built into the ON OFF switch In case of a wiring fault or incorrect supply power the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the calibrator NOTE The calibrator is equipped with a universal power supply that allows it to accept any AC power configuration within the limits specified in Table 2 2 CAUTION Should the power circuit breaker trip correct the condition causing this situation before turning the calibrator back on 200 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation SENSOR SUITES icu uu wen Sensor Control ANALOG SENSORS amp Logic AC POWER Qa Generator lt detector DC POWER Photometer UV Pre Amplifiers LOGIC DEVICES L etector amp Amplifiers eg CPU PC bus eg S Soa sas Motherboard etc GAS TEMPERATURE SENSORS 5 VDC GAS 15 VDC ON OFF PRESSURE SWITCH SENSORS Photometer UV Lamp P S O Generator UV Lamp Xfromer Generator UV Lamp P S Photometer valve Controlled Generator via C UV Lamp Figure 9 8 Power Distribution Block diagram PS2 12 VDC 9 2 6 AC POWER CONFIGURATION The di
150. TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION Everywhereyoulook USER MANUAL MODELS T703 and T703U PHOTOMETRIC O CALIBRATOR TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION TAPI 9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92121 5201 USA Toll free Phone 800 324 5190 Phone 858 657 9800 Fax 858 657 9816 Email api sales teledyne com Website http www teledyne api com Copyright 2010 2012 07223C DCN 6572 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 21 December 2012 ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION 1 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation TAPI a business unit of Teledyne Instruments Inc is a worldwide market leader in the design and manufacture of precision analytical instrumentation used for air quality monitoring continuous emissions monitoring and specialty process monitoring applications Founded in San Diego California in 1988 TAPI introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring AQM instrumentation which comply with the United States Environmental Protection Administration EPA and international requirements for the measurement of criteria pollutants including CO SO NOx and Ozone Since 1988 TAPI has combined state of the art technology proven measuring principles stringent quality assurance systems and world class after sales support to deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in the business For further information on our company our complete range of p
151. TEMP Emo rum of the generator s UV 5000 mV The temperature inside the chassis same as 0 C 70 C CHASSIS TEMP BOX TEMP 03 PHOTO CONC The current concentration of being 0 C 1 ppm measured by the photometer Once a function is selected the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the analog output but also adds TEST to the list of Test Functions viewable via the Front Panel Display 76 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To activate the TEST Channel and select a function press Make sure that the calibrator 5 GEN STBY SEQ SETUP in standby mode PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU DIAG COMM ENTER PASSWORD 8 1 8 Toggle these LT buttons to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL PREV NEXT Continue pressing NEXT until TEST CHANNEL OUTPUT ENTR PREV NEXT TEST CHANNEL NONE AREV NEXT Toggle to choose a TEST channel parameter TEST CHANNEL CHASSIS TEMP ENTR EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the PREV NEXT new setting 07223C DCN6572 77 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 9 1 3 TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 5 VDC signals Several other output ranges are available see Table 7 5 Each range has
152. TER SS KB FILTER DFU KB CARBON FILTER DAU 000 GRADE KB FLOWMETER KB FLOW RESTRICTOR 5000 1 4 10000CCM FLOW RESTRICTOR 5000 1 4 5000CCM FOOT SPRING B 3 T703 Spare Parts List Reference 07224 11 12 2010 2 01 02 PM PARTNUMBER HW0000380 HWO0000453 HWO0000685 KIT000253 KITO00254 KIT000289 OP0000014 OP0000031 080000001 090000016 090000026 090000034 090000039 090000048 00000077 090000089 810000015 0000025 0000059 0000060 VA0000014 VA0000060 WR0000008 B4 DESCRIPTION HANDLE CARRYING 9 25 BLK SUPPORT CIRCUIT BD 3 16 ICOP LATCH MAGNETIC FRONT PANEL ASSY amp TEST SPARE PS37 ASSY amp TEST SPARE PS38 AKIT UV LAMP P S PCA 041660100 QUARTZ DISC 75 DIAX1 16 KB WINDOW QUARTZ 1 2 DIA 063 THICK KB ORING 2 006VT ORING 2 120V ORING 2 110 S604 70 ORING 2 011V FT10 ORING 2 012V ORING 2 112S ORING 2 018V ORING 2 016V RELAY DPDT KB SWITCH POWER CIRC BREAK VDE CE KB PRESSURE SENSOR 0 15 PSIA ALL SEN PRESSURE SENSOR 0 100 PSIG ALL SEN REGULATOR CHECK VALVE B 1 4 TUBE FITTINGS POWER CORD 10A KB 07223C DCN6572 PARTNUMBER 000941600 000941300 064990100 006120100 022710000 040010000 040030700 040030600 040300110 040300210 041200000 041200200 041440000 042010000 045230100 046740000 049290000 050700500 052400000 052910100 059430000 055730000 056420000 056430000 057360000 057660000 057670000 05802140
153. TER PASSWORD 818 8 8 ENTR EXIT Toggle to enter mema 4 PASSWORD DIAG SIGNAL VO NEXT ENTR EXIT DAIGUO 0957 SYSTEM OK OFF PREV NEXT EDIT PRNT EXIT Toggle PREV NEXT to cycle through the available signals DAIGUO 1 ST_CAL_ACTIVE OFF EDIT PRNT Press JUMP to go xd directly to a specific signal address DAIG VO JUMPTO 0 JUMP ENTR Toggle to set No of the signal to JUMP to EXAMPLE DAIG vo Ed JUMPTO 7 JUMP ENTR vo PREV NEXT 7 PHOTO REF VALVE OFF JUMP OFF PRNT zz Figure 8 1 On status signals this button toggles the Pressing will send a formatted printout to the serial port and can be captured with a computer or other signal ON OFF J output device Example of Signal I O Function 168 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 2 USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL The signals available for output over the analog output channel can also be used as diagnostic tools See Section 4 9 for instruction on activating the analog output and selecting a function Table 8 3 Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools TEST FULL CAUSES OF EXTREMELY CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO SCALE HIGH LOW READINGS NONE TEST CH
154. Toggle these H ENTR accepts the new setting buttons to enter DAY MONTH YEAR LMY starting day month and year p system TIME 12 00 EAT 1 2 0 0 ENTR newseting 4 kk 5 ENTR accepts th Toggle these T T haw solid i buttons to enter the MINUTE F starting time RS 07223C DCN6572 57 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual To set the delta timer press mode Make sure that the calibrator is in standby fiis display only appears if there are no sequences current programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE 1 SEQ NAME X STEPS DEL EDIT L SEQ SETUP SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT END OF SEQUENCES INS in the message field Ga the sequence shown Edits the sequence EP in the message field Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences Toggle these buttons to enter number of days to wait between before running sequence 0 0 0 ISETUP XX 0 SET EDIT Continue pressing SET until ISETUP TIMER DELTA 001 00 00 SET EDIT EXIT ISETUP X X TIMER DELTA 0 Days SYSTEM TIMER DELTA 00 00 1 2 0 0 EXIT discards the ENTR Exil gt new setting EXIT discards the E
155. XIT Continue pressing SET until Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown in the message field in the message field Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences SETUP XX CCINPUT DISABLED lt SET SED EDIT EXIT SETUP XX CC INPUT ENABLE OFF gt EXIT discards the OFF ENTER EXIT new setting Toggle to turn the CC input ENTR accepts the OFF new setting sy SETUP INPUT 0 00000000000 cH IU ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the Moves the new setting cursor one L character left or ENTR accepts the right Toggle to turn the selected bit ON OFF 0 or 1 new setting Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control input pins located on the back of the unit see Figure 3 2 The left most bit is Bit 1 the next bit to the right bit 2 progressing rightward to bit 12 see Figure 3 9 for connector pin assignments 07223C DCN6572 59 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 1 6 Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence The calibrator s control outputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an external source This feature allows the calibrator to control devices that accept logic level digital inputs such as programmable logic controllers PLCs dataloggers or digital relays valve drivers They can be used
156. a transfer rate for that COM port COMMAND 4096 Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode PROMPT 1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the SETUP gt MORE gt COMM CON 1 OR 2 gt MODE menu The default setting for this feature is ON Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API s Technical Support personnel Note Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured independently 07223C DCN6572 103 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Press the following menu buttons to select communication modes for a one of the COM Ports such as the following example where RS 485 mode is enabled GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE X COMMUNICATIONS MENU 2 ID COM1COM2 Combined Mode ID COM1 MODE 0 displayed here Use the PREV and NEXT to scroll between the available modes ON OFF activates deactivates the selected mode COM1 RS 485 MODE ON EXIT discards the new setting PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT ENTR accepts the new setting 7 PREV and NEXT scroll to other COM modes you want to enable or disable 104 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 1 5 COM PORT TESTING The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM menu This test sends a string of 256 w characters to the select
157. able of Contents Figure 9 18 Figure 9 19 Figure 9 20 Figure 9 21 Figure 9 22 Figure 9 23 Figure 9 24 Figure 10 1 Figure 10 2 T703 Photometer Gas Flow Measure Cycle 212 T703 Photometer Gas Flow Reference Cycle 213 T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow Measure Cycle 213 T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow Reference Cycle 214 Photometer Absorption Path 215 O Photometer Layout Top Cover Removed 216 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram 217 Triboelectric Charging 219 Basic anti ESD Work Statioi 222 LIST OF TABLES Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 4 6 Table 4 7 Table 4 8 Table 4 9 Table 4 10 Table 4 11 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 8 5 Table 8 6 Table 8 7 Table 8 8 Table 8 9 Table 8 10 Table 8 11 Table 8 12 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 Table 9 3 T703 T703U System Specifications T703 T703U Specifications for Ozone T703 T703U Specifications for Photometer Display Screen and Touch Control Description Rear Panel Description Status Output Pin Assignments Control Input Pin Assignments Control Output Pin Assignments Possible Warning Message
158. acteristics of the recording device Manual calibration requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled Automatic calibration can be performed via the AOUTS CALIBRATION command or by using the CAL button located inside TEST CHANNEL submenu default the instrument is configured so that calibration of TEST CHANNEL can be initiated with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command 07223C DCN6572 81 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 9 2 1 Enabling or Disabling the TEST CHANNEL Auto Cal Feature To enable or disable the Auto Cal feature for the TEST CHANNEL press NOTE TEST CHANNELS configured for 0 1V full scale should always be calibrated manually Toggle to turn AUTO CAL OFF OFF manual calibration mode From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL EXIT Continue pressing SET until you reach the output to be configured DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL SE EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT RANGE 5V SET EDIT EXIT C Continue pressing SET until D DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT AUTO CAL ON gt EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT AUTO CAL ON ON ENTR EXIT DIAG TEST_OUTPUT AUTO CAL OFF OFF ENTR EXIT ENTR accepts the new setting EXIT ignores th
159. adecimal digits 0 9 A F a f which is the C programming language convention No plus or minus sign is permitted For example 0x1 0x12 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal integers Floating point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as temperature set points time intervals warning limits voltages etc They consist of an optional plus or minus sign followed by zero or more digits an optional decimal point and zero or more digits At least one digit must appear before or after the 108 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications decimal point Scientific notation is not permitted For example 1 0 1234 5678 0 1 1 are all valid floating point numbers e Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I O signals that may assume only two values They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF e Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data types such as data channel names which may contain letters and numbers They consist of a quotation mark followed by one or more printable characters including spaces letters numbers and symbols and a final quotation mark For example 1 123abc and lt gt are all valid text strings It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a text string e Some commands allow you to access variables messages a
160. aintenance free there are however a minimal number of simple procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the T703 photometer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its the lifetime Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Section 8 of this manual 7 1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Table 7 1 below shows the recommended maintenance schedule for the T703 Please note that in certain environments i e dusty very high ambient pollutant levels some maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown NOTE A Span and Zero Calibration Check see CAL CHECK REQ D Column of Table 7 1 must be performed following certain of the maintenance procedure listed below See Section 6 1 for instructions on performing a calibration check CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR OF THE INSTRUMENT NOTE THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS CHAPTER ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY 07223C DCN6572 149 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 150 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Table 7 1 T703 Maintenance Schedule Manual Date Performed Weekly or after any Maintenance or Repair Verif
161. ake sure that this is accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator see Section 3 4 7 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 7 2 Check for proper operation of the meas ref switching valve as described in Section 8 5 2 Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in Section 7 2 Check for operation of the A D circuitry on the motherboard See Section 8 4 9 1 Confirm the Sample Temperature Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are correct Check and adjust as required The photometer needs 800 cc min of gas flow Make sure that this is accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator see Section 3 4 7 07223C DCN6572 185 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 5 2 CHECKING MEASURE REFERENCE VALVE To check the function of the photometer s measure reference valve 1 Setthe calibrator s front panel display to show the PHOTO REFERENCE test function see Section 4 1 2 Follow the instructions in Sections 6 1 1 and 6 1 3 1 for performing a zero point calibration of the photometer e Press XZRO and allow the calibrator to stabilize 3 Before completing the calibration by pressing the ZERO button note of the displayed value 4 Press the final Zero button then press NO when asked YOU SURE 5 Follow the instructions in Sectio
162. al Clock s Time and Day 4 7 2 Adjusting the Internal Clock s speed 4 8 SETUP gt PASS 4 9 SETUP gt DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT Using the TEST Channel Analog Outpu 4 9 1 Configuring the TEST Channel Analog Output 4 9 1 1 The Analog I O Configuration Submenu 4 9 1 2 Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output 4 9 1 3 TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration 4 9 1 4 Turning the TEST Channel Over Range Feature ON OFF 4 9 1 5 Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel 4 9 2 TEST Channel 4 9 3 AIN Calibration 4 10 SETUP gt MORE gt VARS Internal Variables VARS 4 11 Operating the Calibrator as an Photometer 4 11 1 Set up for Operation as Photometer 4 12 SETUP gt LVL Setting up and using LEADS Dasibi Operating Levels 4 12 1 General Information about LEADS LEVELS 4 12 2 Dot commands 4 12 3 Levels 4 12 4 Activating an existing LEVEL 4 12 5 Programming New LEVELS 4 12 5 1 Creating a Generate LEVEL 4 12 5 2 Editing or Deleting a LEVEL 4 12 6 Configuring LEVEL Status Blocks 5 COMMUNICATIONS 5 1 Using the Analysers Communication Ports 5 1 1 RS 232 DTE and DCE Communication 5 1 2 Serial COM Port Default Settings and Connector Pin Assignments 5 1 3 COM Port Baud Rate 5 1 4 COM Port Communication 5 1 5 COM Port Testing 5 1 6 Machine ID 5 1
163. al coefficient REF DERIV 0 2 0 10 generator reference PID derivative coefficient BENCH DELAY Seconds 120 1 300 generator bench feedback control delay BENCH_FREQ Seconds 10 1 60 generator bench adjustment frequency BENCH_FSIZE Samples 1 10 generator bench filter size BENCH_INTEG 0 2 0 10 generator bench PID integral coefficient BENCH DERIV 0 5 0 10 generator bench PID derivative coefficient DRIVE STABIL mV 10 0 1 100 generator drive stability limit to update concentration cache CACHE_RESOL PPB 2 0 1 20 normalized concentration resolution O3 LAMP CYCLE Seconds 2 0 5 30 generator lamp temperature control cycle period LAMP PROP 1 DegC 0 2 0 10 Oa generator lamp temperature PID proportional coefficient O3 LAMP INTEG Gain 0 01 0 10 Os generator lamp temperature PID integral coefficient O3 LAMP DERIV Gain 0 2 0 10 generator lamp temperature PID derivative coefficient OUTPUT FLOW SLOPE 1 0 001 100 Slope term to correct output flow rate 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX A 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Teledyne API Models T703 1703U 70 MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description Units Value Range RS232 MODE BitFlag 0 0 65535 RS 232 1 mode flags Add values to combine flags 1 quiet mode 2 computer mode 4
164. aled create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon usually black in color are also excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and discharges e Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to close an anti ESD bag The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive tape such as Scotch tape from its roll will generate a static charge of several thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated field effect that can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away 07223C DCN6572 223 A Primer lectro Static Discharge Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 10 4 2 BASIC ANTI ESD PROCEDURES FOR INSTRUMENT REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE 10 4 2 1 Working at the Instrument Rack When working on the instrument while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a properly grounded power supply 1 Attach you anti ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else e Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to any bare metal portion of the instrument chassis e This will safely connect you to the same ground level to which the instrument and all of its components are connected Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away Open the
165. alled What is measured photometer flow rate cc min Teledyne API Technical Support Email sda_techsupport teledyne com PHONE 858 657 9800 FREE 800 324 5190 FAX 858 657 9816 07223C DCN6572 1 Appendix C TELEDYNE Warranty Repair Questionnaire UTION INSTRUMENTATION 703 T703U 703E Srerywhereyoulook 05747D DCN6572 What is measured generator flow rate What is the photo reference value while generating SPAN ZERO What are the failure symptoms What tests have you done trying to solve the problem Thank you for providing this information Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the problem that you are encountering OTHER NOTES Teledyne API Technical Support Email sda_techsupport teledyne com PHONE 858 657 9800 FREE 800 324 5190 FAX 858 657 9816 2 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX D Wire List and Electronic Schematics 07223C DCN6572 D 1 0 2 This page intentionally left blank 07223C DCN6572 T703 Interconnect List Reference 073600100A DCN5882 CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO Cable Part Signal Assembly PN JP Pin Assembly PN JP Pin 10364901 CBL AC Power E series AC Line Power Entry CN0000073 L Power Switch SWo000025 ts N
166. amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR ABSOLUTE PRESSURE 1 Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter 2 Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1 e expected value for this signal should be P Expected mVDC ressule 4660nypc 250 t 30 0 gin x 10 Jordg EXAMPLE If measured pressure is 20 Hg in A the expected voltage level between TP4 and 1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC EXAMPLE If measured pressure is 25 Hg in A the expected voltage level between TP4 and 1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC e 15 voltage is out of range then either pressure transducer S1 is bad the board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly GENERATOR PRESSURE SENSOR GAUGE PRESSURE 1 Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter 2 Measure the voltage across TP5 and TP1 e expected value for this signal should be Pressure Expected mVDC X4250mvoc 250m0c 10 rq 100psig g EXAMPLE If the measured pressure is 25 psig the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1 would be between 1182 mVDC and 1444 mVDC EXAMPLE If the measured pressure is 30 psig the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1 would be between 1373 mVDC and 1677 mVDC e
167. ams are included with the kit Always perform a Flow and Leak Check after rebuilding the Sample Pump 07223C DCN6572 155 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 7 5 PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP ADJUSTMENT This procedure details the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly This procedure should be done whenever the PHOTO REFERENCE test function value drops below 3000 mV 1 Make sure the instrument is warmed up and has been running for at least 15 minutes before proceeding Remove the cover from the instrument Locate the Photometer see Figure 3 5 Locate the UV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT on the photometer assembly see Figure 7 3 5 Perform the following procedure Make sure that the instrument is in Standby mode SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM DIAG ENTER PASSWORD Toggle these buttons to enter the correct PASSWORD JUMP TO 1 Toggle these buttons to show the ID number for the desired signal see Appendix 17 PHOTO DET 3342 2 MV PREVNEXT Additional adjustment be made by physically rotating the lamp in it s housing To do this slightly loosen the UV lamp setscrew Using an insulated pot adjustment tool Turn the UV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUSTMENT POT unt
168. and Test Functions Table A 2 Warning Messages NAME MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION WSYSRES SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power cycled or the CPU was reset WDATAINIT DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased WCONFIGINIT CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased WPHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP Photometer lamp temperature outside of warning limits specified WARNING by PHOTO LAMP variable WOSGENTEMP O3 GEN LAMP TEMP generator lamp temperature outside of warning limits WARNING specified by O3 GEN LAMP variable WPHOTOREF PHOTO REFERENCE Photometer reference reading less than 2500 mV or greater than WARNING 4999 mV WLAMPSTABIL PHOTO LAMP STABILITY Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than 2596 WARNING of the time WOSGENREF O3 GEN REFERENCE Os reference detector drops below 50 mV during reference WARNING feedback Os generator control WO3PUMP PUMP WARNING pump failed to turn on within timeout period specified by O3 PUMP TIMEOUT variable WBOXTEMP BOX TEMP WARNING Chassis temperature outside of warning limits specified by BOX SET variable WREARBOARD REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during power up WRELAYBOARD RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board WLAMPDRIVER LAMP DRIVER WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with either the Os generator or photometer lamp C driver chip WFRONTPANEL FRONT PAN
169. and Verification 6 1 5 O PHOTOMETER BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION CALIBRATION Any time there is a pneumatic configuration change there is risk of impacting the internal measure reference pressure To compensate for this a backpressure compensation calibration is required each time Set the calibrator to generate ozone at the flow rate intended for operation While the instrument is generating ozone go to the SETUP gt MORE gt DIAG gt 929 gt gt BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION menu and press ENTR shown in the following illustration to initiate the calibration the operation will take a few minutes Make sure that the T700 is generating ozone at the GEN STBY SEQ SETUP intended operational flow rate EP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU M FLOW DIAG ENTER PASSWORD Toggle these buttons to enter the correct PASSWORD 929 gt SIGNAL PREV NEXT C Continue pressing NEXT until D i BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION PREV NEXT ENTR 07223C DCN6572 131 Calibration and Verification Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 2 CALIBRATING THE O GENERATOR The T703 T703U calibrator s software includes a routine for automatically calibrating the O generator A calibration table of drive voltages stored in the calibrator s memory is the basis for this calibration This table is used by the T703 T703U to set initial generator drive setti
170. ary and Secondary SETUP Menus when PASSWORD is enabled 818 Configuration Maintenance Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled To enable or disable passwords press SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASSMORE EXIT SYSTEM PASSWORD ENABLE OFF Toggle this OFF ENTR EXIT button to enable disable password feasture 7 SETUP X X PASSWORD ENABLE ON ON ENTR Exit EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting gt 72 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator Example If all passwords are enabled the following menu button sequence would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus GEN STBY SEQ SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT pes XX SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT ENTER SETUP PASS 0 Press buttons to set number 7 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXAMPLE This ENTER SETUP PASS 0 password enables the SETUP mode 1 8 ENTR EXIT Calibrator enters selected menu NOTE The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG menus even if passwords are disabled but it displays the default password 818 upon entering these menus The user only has to press ENTR to access the password pr
171. ation e Your LAN is not running a DHCP software package e DHCP software is unable to initialize the calibrator s interface e You wish to configure the interface with a specific IP address such as for a permanent Ethernet connection Manually configuring the Ethernet interface requires that you first turn DHCP to OFF before setting the INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK parameters GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU SECONDARY SETUP MENU SETUP XX COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID INET COM COM2 EXIT SETUP XX ENTER PASSWORD 818 81 8 ENTR EXIT SETUP XX DHCP ON SET SET EDIT EXIT SETUP XX DHCP ON Toggle to turn SETUP XX DHCP OFF ENTR accepts OFF ENTR EXIT the new setting Continue to Step 2 Below 07223C DCN6572 121 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual STEP 2 Configure the INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK addresses by pressing From Step 1 above Internet Configuration Touchscreen Button Functions FUNCTION Press to cycle through the range of numerals and available characters 0 9 amp Pressing EXIT from any of the above display menus causes Ethemet
172. ay only appears if there are no LEVELS currently programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE END OF LEVELS INS LEVEL ID Gas Conc Status Block Set INS DEL EDIT ACTION TO PERFORM GENERATE PREV NEXT Deletes the LEVEL shown dits the LEVEL shown in in the message field the message field Scrolls back and forth between existing LEVELS Toggle to scroll though the available instructions GENERATE amp MANUAL 94 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 12 5 1 Creating a Generate LEVEL To create a LEVEL using the AUTO generation function press Starting at tte CHOOSE ACTION Submenu CHOOSE ACTION Submenu ACTION PERFORM GENERATE PREV NEXT ENTR SETUP GENERATE ZERO ZEROENTR EXIT Toggle to scroll through the available gas types as programmed during initial setup SETUP GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 0 0 0 PPB ENTR EXIT Toggle to scroll through the available units of measure Toggle these buttons to set the target concentration SETUP GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 0 PCT ENTR EXIT new setting ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new Toggle these buttons LEVEL number until the designation of the existing defined level program is reached ENTR accepts the new
173. ce 066970000 J1 7 Motherboard 058021400 J106 1 DGND LCD interface 066970000 J1 2 Motherboard 058021400 J106 8 SDA LGD interface 066970000 J1 5 Motherboard 058021400 Ji06 2 SCL LCD Interface PCA 066970000 Ji 6 Motherboard 058021400 J106 6 Shid CCD interface 066970000 Ji 10 Motherboard 058021400 5 041760000 CBL DC Power EOS DGND Relay Board 045280100 J8 1 PS1 5 15 068010000 mjg 15 Relay Board 045280100 J8 2 51 5 15 068010000 2 15V Relay Board 1045230100 J8 4 PST 5 15 1068010000 J2 6 AGND Relay Board 048330100 J8 5 BST 8 15 068010000 3871 4 157 Relay Board 045230100 J8 6 BST 5 15 068010000 J8 5 TV RET Relay Board 045230100 J8 7 PS2 12 1068020000 12V Relay Board 045230100 J8 8 PS2 12 068020000 042790100 Heater Thermistor 12 Relay Board 045230100 J19 1 Lamp HTR Thrm 041440000 1 Relay Board 045230100 Ji9 2 Lamp HTH Thrm 041440000 2 Motherboard 1058021400 J27 6 Lamp HTR Thrm 1041440000 3 THERMISTOR 3 Motherboard 058021400 4227 13 Lamp HTH Thrm 041440000 4 5VANA Motherboard 058021400 J27 7 Sample Therm 042010000 1 THERMISTOR 2 Motherboard 058021400 J27 i4 Sample Therm 042010000 2 THERMISTOR 4 Wiotherboard 058021400 J27 12 Gen HTH Them 041440100 5 Motherboard 058021400 J27 5 Gen
174. ch lamp heater PHOTO i us Bench lamp temperature sensor LAMP temperature ofthe 4 cog 70 C Relay controlling the bench heater photometer UV lamp TEMP Entire Relay PCA PC Bus Hot Lamp OsLAMP The temperature of the TEMP generator s UV 5000 Same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8 1 lamp CHASSIS jhe temperature inside Possible causes of faults are the same as BOX TEMP from Table TEMP chassis same as 0C 70 82 Bus malfunction Gas flow problem through the photometer Electronic failure of the photometer subsystems current concentration of O oF temperature sensors associated with the CONC being measured by the P photometer Bad incorrect Span Gas concentration Contamination of the Zero Air supply Malfunction of the generator Internal A D converter problem 07223C DCN6572 169 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 3 USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the calibrators CPU bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly 8 3 1 CPU STATUS INDICATOR DSS a red LED that is located on upper portion of the motherboard just to the right of the CPU board flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop After power up
175. ch of which can drive up four valves In the T703 the relay controls only those valves associated with the generator and photometer In the T703U the relay PCA controls two additional valves the Divert valve and the Gen valve 196 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 2 3 2 Heater Control The relay PCA controls the DC heaters for the generator and photometer lamp housing MOTHER BOARD AID Thermistor s Converter e g photometer sample gas temp em photometer UV lamp temp generator lamp temp RELAY PCA Generator Lamp Heater PHOTOMETER Lamp Heater Figure 9 6 Heater Control Loop Block Diagram 9 2 3 3 Relay PCA Status LEDs and Watch Dog Circuitry Sixteen LEDs are located on the calibrator s relay board Figure 9 7 to indicate the status of the calibrator s heating zones and some of its valves included is a general operating watchdog indicator Table 9 1 shows the states of these LEDs and their respective functionality Not all LEDs are used D9 Green O Pump D8 Green Zero Air Shutoff Valve Option D7 Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve D2 Yellow Zero Air Pump Option T703U only D10 Green O Diyert Valve 2 T703U only 041 Green Genera
176. complicated A protective mat properly tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti ESD workstation Protective Mat P as Stre Ground Point Figure 10 2 Basic anti ESD Work Station For technicians that work in the field special lightweight and portable anti ESD kits are available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear These include everything needed to create a temporary anti ESD work area anywhere e Always wear an Anti ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic assemblies of your instrument An anti ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels Anti ESD wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where there is no available grounded plug Also anti ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor usually around one meg ohm that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument s power supply e Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient While this may temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time once you stop touching the grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re build In some conditions a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few seconds Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti
177. cu d xu DS O 1uF luF Non GRN ri USB A_VERT 100K To 5 olur E Configuration Select Mode R32 R45 3 Default A A 3 MBUS B B Tile Install 100K for A 0 Ohm for GUI Interface Sur Naber Revision B 06698 D Date 6 24 2010 Sheet 3 of 4 Hle NiPCBMGR 00606 shoe Drawn 1 2 4 6 07223C DCN6572 1 2 3 4 5 6 A A TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE CIRCUITRY TBD FBIS FBMH3216HMSOINT Yo Pi Me 5 MHZ 2 3 0 RSO Aw xc u6 YPI 7 20 _ YOM oo ORS ag YIN 08 ei 0853 i gt s YI
178. cument CO carbon dioxide CH4 methane H20 water vapor HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon HNO3 nitric acid H2S hydrogen sulfide NO nitric oxide NO2 nitrogen dioxide NOx nitrogen oxides here defined as the sum of NO and NO2 nitrogen oxides often called odd nitrogen the sum of NOx plus other compounds such as NOy HNO definitions vary widely and may include nitrate NOs PAN N20 and other compounds as well NH3 ammonia molecular oxygen ozone 02 sulfur dioxide cm metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter replaces the obsolete abbreviation cc CPU Central Processing Unit DAC Digital to Analog Converter DAS Data Acquisition System DCE Data Communication Equipment DFU Dry Filter Unit Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol protocol used by LAN or Internet servers to DHCP automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other addressable device connected to the network DIAG Diagnostics the diagnostic settings of the instrument 07223C DCN6572 227 A Primer on lectro Static Discharge Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Term Description Definition DOM Disk On Module a 44 pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for instrument s firmware configuration settings and data DOS Disk Operating System DRAM Dynamic Ra
179. d IDE active green Power active red CPU COM J11 015 USB ue RS 232 only 32 COM2 J12 for LCD RS 232 or RS 485 Figure 9 4 CPU Board Annotated The CPU includes two types of non volatile data storage a Disk on Module DOM and an embedded flash chip 194 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 2 2 1 Disk On Module DOM 9 2 2 2 Flash Chip The DOM is a 44 pin IDE flash chip with a storage capacity up to 256 MB It is used to store the computer s operating system the Teledyne API firmware and most of the operational data This non volatile embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration data as well as a backup of the calibrator s configuration Storing these key data onto a less frequently accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data corruption In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail the calibrator will continue to operate with just the DOM However all configuration information will be lost requiring the unit to be recalibrated 9 2 3 RELAY PCA The relay board is one of the central switching and power distribution units of the calibrator It contains power relays valve drivers and status LEDs for all heated zones and valves as well as thermocouple amplifiers power distribution connectors and the two switching power supplies of the calibrator The relay board commun
180. d 8 SPARE 07223C DCN6572 179 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 9 4 Control Inputs Table 8 11 T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions CONNECTOR INPUT CORRESPONDING SIGNAL Top A CONTROL IN 1 Top B CONTROL IN 2 Top CONTROL IN 3 Top D CONTROL IN 4 Top E CONTROL IN 5 Top F CONTROL IN 6 Bottom G CONTROL IN 7 Bottom H CONTROL IN 8 Bottom 1 CONTROL IN 9 Bottom J CONTROL IN 10 Bottom K CONTROL IN 11 Bottom L CONTROL IN 12 The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I O submenu EXAMPLE to test the control input 1 Under the DIAG SIGNAL I O menu See Section8 1 3 scroll through the inputs and outputs until you get to the output named 0 CONTROL IN 1 2 Connect a jumper from the pin on the appropriate connector to the U on the same connector 3 Connect a second jumper from the V pin on the connector to the A pin 4 The status of 0 CONTROL IN 1 should change to read ON 180 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 4 9 5 Control Outputs Table 8 12 Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions Check 8 4 10 CPU
181. d designators are listed in Table 5 2 and in Appendix A ID is the machine identification number Section 5 1 6 Example the Command 200 followed by a carriage return would print the list of available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the instrument assigned ID Number 200 COMMAND is the command designator This string is the name of the command being issued LIST ABORT NAME EXIT etc Some commands may have additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed Press CR or refer to Appendix A for a list of available command designators CR is a carriage return All commands must be terminated by a carriage return usually achieved by pressing the ENTER key on a computer Table 5 3 Teledyne API Serial Command Types COMMAND COMMAND TYPE c Calibration Diagnostic Logon Test measurement Variable 5 lt 4 Warning 5 1 7 3 Data Types Data types consist of integers hexadecimal integers floating point numbers Boolean expressions and text strings Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records a filter length etc They consist of an optional plus or minus sign followed by one or more digits For example 1 12 123 are all valid integers Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers They consist of the two characters Ox followed by one or more hex
182. d static charges if they are not grounded The charge will be equalized across the entire device but without access to earth ground they are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when discharged A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and or discharge triggered in the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench e As long as my instrument is properly installed it is safe from damage caused by static discharges It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your instrument is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from building static electric charges themselves This does not prevent discharges from static fields built up on other things like you and your clothing from discharging through the instrument and damaging it 07223C DCN6572 221 A Primer lectro Static Discharge Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 10 4 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges It is not however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent damage due to electro static discharge from occurring 10 4 1 GENERAL RULES Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station Setting up an ESD safe workstation need not be
183. da CAN CSA C22 2 No 61010 1 04 NEMKO CCL US UL No 61010 1 2nd Edition EN 61326 1 IEC 61326 1 Class A Emissions Industrial Immunity EN 55011 CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A Emissions FCC 47 CFR Part 15B Class A Emissions CE 2004 108 EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2 2 3 OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS For additional certifications please contact Technical Support Toll free Phone 800 324 5190 Phone 858 657 9800 Fax 858 657 9816 Email sda techsupport teledyne com 22 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started 3 GETTING STARTED 3 1 UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP CAUTION THE T703 WEIGHS ABOUT 16 1 KG 35 5 POUNDS WITHOUT OPTIONS INSTALLED TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND USING TWO PERSONS TO LIFT AND CARRY THE CALIBRATOR CAUTION Avoid Warranty Invalidation Printed circuit assemblies PCAs are sensitive to electro static discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty See A Primer on Electro Static Discharge in this manual for more information on preventing ESD damage CAUTION Avoid Damage to the Instrument Do not operate the instrument without first removing dust plugs from pneumatic ports NOTE It is recommended that you store shipping containers materials for future
184. dress of the calibrator itself GATEWAY IP A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address e g 0 0 0 0 192 168 76 1 that is the address of the computer used by your LAN to ADDRESS access the Internet Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each e g 255 255 252 0 that defines that identifies the LAN to which the device is connected SUBNET MASK 0 0 0 0 All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the same subnet mask Any transmissions sent devices with different subnet masks are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are routed through a different gateway computer onto the Internet This number defines the terminal control port by which the instrument is TCP PORT 3000 addressed by terminal emulation software such as Internet or Teledyne API s APICOM The name by which your calibrator will appear when addressed from other computers on the LAN or via the Internet While the default setting for all Teledyne API s T703 calibrators is T703 the host name may be changed to fit customer needs HOST NAME T703 1 not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API s Technical Support personnel NOTE If the gateway IP instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes e g 0 0 0 0 the DCHP was not successful in which case you may have to configure the calibrator s Ethernet properties manually See your network administrator
185. e CP2102 roth 5 c25 C26 0 1uF 1uF PL a NUP2202W1 GND GND MTI MT2 MT HOLE MT HOLE CHASSIS CHASSIS DCN 6092 PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED V BUS C19 0 tuF Fa r a 0 1uF 0 tuF Uo 28 ce CI ONLINE iem 1 v e ve P i om To 108 1 TO 5 2 DSR 19 4 RXD B 4 NC ism 801 RI 5 RO2 RD RTS 17 6 DSR B RO3 RI DTR 16 7 DCD B 2 d RM REB 7 ROS RIS GND JI STAT ROI 2 SHTDN GND DF11 10DP 2D8 24 SP3243EU 0 RIA 0 GND RIS Tide Auxiliary I O Board USB Size Number Revision A 06731 Date 57672011 Sheet DoF 3 File NAPCBMGR 106731 2_USBSchDoc Drawn By RT MS 4 07223C DCN6572 07223C DCN6572 5V ISO RO e lt o e 499 5 AGND x C27 Ec 4 TuF C2 C3 c4 c5 C6 0 1uF 0 1uF 0 1uF 0 1 1 0 1uF
186. e Edit the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to the desired settings Then from the computer enter the same information through an application such as HyperTerminal 07223C DCN6572 99 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 1 2 SERIAL COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS AND CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS Received from the factory the calibrator is set up to emulate an RS 232 DCE device e RS 232 COM1 RS 232 fixed DB 9 male connector e Baud rate 115200 bits per second baud e Data Bits 8 data bits with 1 stop bit e Parity None e COM2 RS 232 configurable to RS 485 DB 9 female connector e Baud rate 19200 bits per second baud e Data Bits 8 data bits with 1 stop bit e Parity None Male DB 9 RS 232 As seen from outside analyzer GND DTE mode GND DCE mode Figure 5 1 Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors RS 232 DCE amp DTE The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring harness to two 10 pin connectors on the CPU card J11 and J12 100 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 50000005 00000000 05 0050000000500000 906026 000050 I NC CTS D
187. e new setting 82 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 9 2 2 Automatic TEST Chan To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command press nel Calibration Before performing this procedure make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned OFF for CONC OUT 1 NOTE and CONC OUT 2 Make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned ON for the TEST CHANNEL See Section 4 9 2 1 From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU i DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET gt CAL EXIT DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL CONC_OUT_1 This message Automatically appears when calibrates all channels for which AUTO CAL is turned lt AIO NOT AUTO CAL CONC OUT 2 ON lt DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST OUTPUT If any of the channels have not been calibrated or if at least one channel has AUTO CAL turned DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED YES SET CAL OFF this message will read NO A AUTO CAL is turned OFF for a channel EXxIR NOTE Manual calibration should be used for the 0 1V range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device 07223C DCN6572 83 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Op
188. e Generator T703 T703U Flow Rate 1to 5 LPM adjustable w internal zero air source 1 to 5 LPM adjustable w external zero air source 1 to 15 LPM adjustable Concentration Min 50 ppb at 2 LPM Min 3 ppb at 5 LPM Max 5 ppm at 1 LPM Max 5 ppm at 1 LPM Output Min 100 ppb LPM Min 15 ppb LPM Max 5 ppm LPM Max 5 ppm LPM Response Time 180 sec to 98 240 sec to 98 Optical Feedback Standard 07223C DCN6572 21 Specifications and Approvals Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 2 3 T703 T703U Specifications for O Photometer Ranges 0 100 ppb to 0 10 ppm user selectable Zero Noise 0 3ppb RMS Span Noise 0 596 Lower Detectable Limits 0 6 ppb RMS Precision 1 0 ppb Linearity 1 0 of Full Scale Lag Time 10 seconds Rise Fall Time 20 sec photometer response Zero Drift 1 0 ppb 7 days Span Drift lt 1 24 hours lt 2 7 days Flow Rate 800 cc min 10 2 2 APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS 2 2 1 SAFETY 2 2 2 EMC The Teledyne API Models T703 and T703U Photometric Calibrators were tested and certified for Safety and Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC This section presents the compliance statements for those requirements and directives IEC 61010 1 2001 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use CE 2006 95 EC Low Voltage Directive North American cNEMKO Cana
189. e allowed character set Up to 100 characters long Time of day clock format flags Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface 96a Abbreviated weekday name 9b Abbreviated month name d Day of month as decimal number 01 31 96H Hour 24 hour format 00 23 5 Hour in 12 hour format 01 12 9j Day of year as decimal number 001 366 Yom Month as decimal number 01 12 90M Minute as decimal number 00 59 A M P M indicator for 12 hour clock 968 Second as decimal number 00 59 9ow Weekday as decimal number 0 6 Sunday is 0 y Year without century as decimal number 00 99 Y Year with century as decimal number Percent sign FACTORY OPT 0 0x7fffffff Factory option flags Add values to combine options 1024 enable software controlled maintenance mode 2048 enable Internet option 4096 enable switch controlled maintenance mode PWR TIME Hours 0 500000 Total powered hours Dasibi emulation version only Experimental E Series internet option Hessen protocol versions only 5 T708U only 2 3 4 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX 3 Warnings and Test Functions DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E APPENDIX A 3 Warnings
190. e calibrator is in DIAGNOSTIC mode 5 On whenever temperature alarm is active 6 PRESS ALARM On whenever gas pressure alarm is active 7 amp 8 Unassigned D Emitter BUSS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together DC POWER 5VDC BA Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator s internal DC power supplies 07223C DCN6572 33 Getting Started Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 2 4 CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS The calibrator is equipped with 12 digital control inputs that can be used to Initiate various user programmable calibration sequences see Section 4 5 1 5 for instructions on assigning the control inputs to specific calibration sequences Access to these inputs is via 2 separate 10 pin connectors labeled CONTROL IN that are located on the calibrator s rear panel Table 3 4 Control Input Pin Assignments CONNECTOR INPUT DESCRIPTION To 1to6 Can be used as either 6 separate on off switches or as bits 1 through 6 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code see Section 4 5 1 5 Bottom 7to 12 Can be used as either 6 separate on off switches or as bits 7 through 12 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code see Section 4 5 1 5 BOTH VJ Chassis ground Input pin for 5 VDC required to activate pins A F This can be from Top U an external source or from the pin of the instruments STATUS connector Input
191. e lamp should be disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding waste containing mercury 10 11 Install the new lamp in the housing pushing it all the way in Leave the UV lamp setscrew loose for now Turn the instrument back on and allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot See Figure 7 3 clockwise to its minimum value The pot should click softly when the limit is reached Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 7 5 with the following exceptions Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing up to 74 turn in either direction until a MAXIMUM value or 4600 mVDC is observed e sure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while performing this rotation e Ifthe PHOTO DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this rotation contact T API Technical Support for assistance 07223C DCN6572 157 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 12 Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a maximum observed value for PHOTO DET tighten the lamp setscrew at the approximate maximum value observed e Ifthe value of PHOTO DET is not within the range of 4400 4600 mV adjust it accordingly 13 Replace the cover on the instrument 158 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 7 7 ADJUSTMENT
192. e of either one of the COM Ports press GEN STBY PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM COMMUNICATIONS MENU SEQ ID COM1COM2 SETUP 1 MODE 0 SET SET EDIT COM BAUD RATE 19200 lt SET SET EDIT Toggle to cycle through the available COM1 BAUD RATE 19200 Baud rates 300 PREV NEXT 4800 9600 19200 COM BAUD RATE 19200 38400 57860 PREV ENTR Exir EXIT discards the new setting 115200 NEXT ENTR accepts the new setting J gt 102 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications 5 1 4 COM PORT COMMUNICATION MODES Each of the calibrator s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different modes listed in Table 7 1 As modes are selected the calibrator sums the Mode ID numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display For example if quiet mode 01 computer mode 02 and Multi Drop enabled mode 32 are selected the Calibrator would display a combined MODE ID of 35 Table 5 1 COM Port Communication Modes MODE ID DESCRIPTION Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the calibrator such as warning messages to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a QUIET 1 computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication problems Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them
193. ed 1 Document all instrument parameters that may have been changed such as range auto cal analog output serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM You will need this information to re enter at the end of this procedure Turn off power to the instrument fold down the rear panel by loosening the mounting screws When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the instrument locate the Disk on Module in the right most socket of the CPU board The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision date and initials of the programmer Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board and lift the DOM off the CPU Do not bend the connector pins Install the new Disk on Module making sure the notch at the end of the chip matches the notch in the socket It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision re enter all of the setup information 10 Recalibrate A D converter and conduct a Zero and Span calibration as well 07223C DCN6572 189 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 8 FAQ S The following list is from the T API Technical Support Department of the 10 most commonly asked questions relating to the Model T703 Photom
194. ed COM port While the test is running the red LED on the rear panel of the calibrator should flicker To initiate the test press the following key sequence GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID INET COM1 C X COM1 MODE 0 lt SET SET gt EDIT Ld Continue pressing SET or SET until COM1 TEST PORT lt SET SET gt TEST Test Runs TRANSMITTING TO COM1 Automatically gt COM1 TEST PORT PREV NEXT OFF 07223C DCN6572 105 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 1 6 MACHINE ID Toggle to cycle character set 0 9 through the available Each model of Teledyne API instruments is initially configured with a default Machine ID code which is editable all T703 calibrators have a Machine ID of either 703 or 0 The Machine ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same communications channel such as when several calibrators are on the same Ethernet LAN in a RS 232 multidrop chain See Section 5 3 or operating over a RS 485 network See Section 5 4 If two calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel their Machine ID numbers must differ To edit the instrument s Machine ID press GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM COMMUNICATIONS MENU INET COM1 COM2 MACHINE 10 703 ID EXIT discards the new ENTR
195. ed Relay Drive IC on Relay 011 Failed Relay T703U Generator Valve status O3 GEN VALVE Faulty 12 VDC Supply PS2 Green y e Faulty Connectors Wiring 015 Voltage displayed should change If not Green Photometer Heater status PHOTO LAMP HEATER Failed Heater e Faulty Temperature Sensor Status of O4 Generator Heater status O3 GEN HEATER Failed AC Relay e Faulty Connectors Wiring 07223C DCN6572 171 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying possible sources of failures or performance problems within the T703 calibrator In most cases this includes a list of possible components or subsystems that might be the source of the problem This section describes how to check individual components or subsystems to determine if which is actually the cause of the problem being investigated 8 4 1 VERIFY SUBSYSTEM CALIBRATION A good first step when troubleshooting the operation of the T703 calibrator is to verify that its major subsystems are properly calibrated These are e Test Channel D gt A conversion see Section 4 9 2 e Gas pressure calibration see Section 6 3 e Photometer calibration see Section 6 1 e generator calibration see Section 6 2 8 4 2 AC MAIN POWER The T703 calibrator s electronic systems
196. ed analog input U100 UP10 UP DOWN DNIO D100 Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the AUTO CAL feature is OFF DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode T Only occurs if one of the voltage ranges is selected Figure 5 SECONDARY SETUP Menu DIAG Submenu Basics 07223C DCN6572 7 APPENDIX 1 Software Menu Trees Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 MAIN MENU SETUP MORE gt DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 818 DIAG menu is inactive when instrument is in 4 GENERATE mode PREV NEXT SIGNAL Vo ANALOG ANALOG VO GEN FLOW PRESSURE TEST CHAN OUTPUT CONFIGURATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION OUTPUT ENTR ENTR ENTR See SECONDARY SETUP Menu r z DIAG Basic See SECONDARY CAL PNTS SETUP Menu Basic initiates automatic generator calibratin procedure DIAG PCAL DILUENT PRESS 127 78 PSIG 1 2 T Toggle to set the gas pressure PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT DIAG FCAL WAITING FOR FLOW Continue pressing to cycle through similar djustment f 500 mV Cycles YES NO adjustment for 600 mv through TOO mV default cal Inserts a new 800 mV points Calibration Edits programmed DIAG FCAL ACTUAL FLOW 1 000 LPM VSANPLEPRESS 900 mV parameters for selected A000 mV point step 1 0
197. ed was GENERATE MANUAL or STANDBY delete the following duration step 7 DURATION 10 0 MIN DEL EDIT 07223C DCN6572 67 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 3 DELETING A SEQUENCE To delete a sequence from the calibrator s memory press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode Scrolls through existing sequences GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT 3 SEQ NAME X STEPS PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT SEQUENCES SEQUENCE DELETED END OF SEQUENCES INS 68 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 6 SETUP gt CFG Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument s configuration information This display lists the calibrator model serial number firmware revision software library revision CPU type and other information Use this information to identify the software and hardware when contacting Technical Support Special instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here PART NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER SOFTWARE REVISION LIBRARY REVISION Operating System Press NEXT of PREV to scroll through the following list of Configuration information MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER GEN STBY SEQ SETUP SETUP X X SETUP MENU O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
198. enable security 8 enable hardware handshaking 16 enable Hessen protocol 32 enable multi drop 64 enable modem 128 ignore RS 232 line errors 256 disable support 512 disable hardware FIFOs 1024 enable RS 485 mode 2048 even parity 7 data bits 1 stop bit 4096 enable command prompt 8192 even parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit BAUD RATE 115200 300 RS 232 1 baud rate 1200 Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 2400 interface 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 MODEM INIT AT YO amp DO Any character RS 232 COM1 modem amp HO 810 SO 2 the allowed initialization string Sent verbatim amp BO amp N6 amp MO character set plus carriage return to modem on E0 Q1 amp WO Up to 100 power up or manually characters long RS232 MODE2 0 0 65535 RS 232 2 mode flags Same settings as RS232 MODE BAUD RATE2 19200 300 RS 232 COM2 baud rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 14 07223 DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description Units Value Range MODEM INIT2 AT YO amp DO Any character RS 232 COM2 modem amp HO amp 10 SO 2 in the allowed initialization string Sent verbatim amp BO amp N6 amp MO character set plus carriage return to
199. end of the programming sequence the T703 T703U firmware will automatically insert a DURATION step that needs to be defined To insert a GENERATE step into a sequence press Starting at the INSERT STEPS Submenu INSERT STEP Submenu INSERT STEP GENERATE PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT GENERATE ZERO ZEROENTR EXIT Toggle to switch between ZERO AIR and modes GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 0 0 0 0 PPB 03 ENTR EXIT Toggle to scroll through the available units of measure GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 0 PCT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new target concentration oggle these buttons to set the target concentration gt DURATION 1 0 MIN ENTR accepts the new target concentration ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons to set DURATION of this y step SETUPXX 3 DURATION 10 0 MIN PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT 07223C DCN6572 63 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 2 2 The STANDBY Step The STANDBY step places the calibrator into STANDBY mode To insert a STANDBY step into a sequence press Starting at the STEPS Submenu INSERT STEP Submenu XX INSERT STEP GENERATE NEX ENTR EXIT available instructions Ce PREV and NEXT to scroll though the list D SETUP INSERT STEP STANDBY ENTR EXIT
200. enseignements sp cifiques MISE EN GARDE Surface chaude Ne pas toucher Toucher certaines parties de l instrument sans protection ou sans les outils appropri s pourrait entrainer des dommages aux pi ces ou l instrument Pictogramme technicien Toutes les op rations portant ce symbole doivent tre effectu es uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifi Mise la terre Ce symbole l int rieur de l instrument d termine le point central de la mise la terre s curitaire de l instrument OP BBP MISE EN GARDE Cet instrument doit tre utilis aux fins d crites et de la mani re d crite dans ce manuel Si vous utilisez cet instrument d une autre mani re que celle pour laquelle il a t pr vu l instrument pourrait se comporter de facon impr visible et entrainer des cons quences dangereuses NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour chantillonner des gaz combustibles 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents WARRANTY WARRANTY POLICY 02024F COVERAGE Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation TAPI a business unit of Teledyne Instruments Inc provides that Prior to shipment TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested Should equipment failure occur TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime TAPI stands ready to
201. entation APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Available Via Serial I O APPENDIX A 3 Warnings Test Functions Via Serial APPENDIX A 4 Signal Definitions APPENDIX A 5 Terminal Command Designators APPENDIX A 6 MODBUS Resister Map 07223C DCN6572 1 APPENDIX A Software Documentation Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 A 2 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees APPENDIX A 1 Software Menu Trees FRAC Value T703U PRES Value PSIG A O3 Value T 03 Value OUT FLW Value LPM REG PRES Varue PSIG BOX TMP ValueKc O3GENREF Va ue MV O3GENDRV Va ue MV OSLAMPTMP Va ue PH MEAS Value MV PH REF Value MV PH FLW Value LPM PHLTEMP Value c PH SPRES Va ue IN HG A PH STEMP Valuej C PH SLOPE Value PHOFFST Value PPB STAB Value PPB TIME HHMM SS MAIN MENU 7 7 TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP 1 1 1 1 lt IST 5 gt AUTO PREV NEXT Press to clear an Press to cause calibrator to Press to active enter STANDBY mode cycle warning through the messages Cycles active GENERATE GENERATEZERO through warning yc existing messages See PRIMARY SETUP Menu ZERO ENTR EXIT calibration C _ sequences
202. er to the Quick Start Direct Cable Connection section of the Teledyne APIcom Manual PN 07463 5 In the instrument s gt gt gt 2 menu make the following settings Baud Rate 115200 COM2 Mode Settings Quiet Mode ON Computer Mode ON MODBUS RTU OFF MODBUS ASCII OFF E 8 1 MODE OFF E 7 1 MODE OFF RS 485 MODE OFF SECURITY MODE OFF MULTIDROP MODE OFF ENABLE MODEM OFF ERROR CHECKING ON XON XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF HARDWARE FIFO ON COMMAND PROMPT OFF 07223C DCN6572 117 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 6 REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE ETHERNET The calibrator can be connected to any standard 10Base T or 100Base T Ethernet network via low cost network hubs switches or routers The interface operates as a standard TCP IP device on port 3000 This allows a remote computer to connect through the internet to the calibrator using APICOM terminal emulators or other programs Under the SETUP gt MORE gt COMM menu the INET submenu is used to manage and configure the Ethernet interface with your LAN or Internet Server s The calibrator is shipped with DHCP enabled by default This allows the instrument to be connected to a network or router with a DHCP server but for a permanent Ethernet connection configure the instrument with a static IP address Section 5 6 1 1 The Ethernet LEDs located on the connector indicate the Ethernet connection statu
203. eration Manual To initiate an automatic calibration from inside the TEST CHANNEL submenu press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET gt CAL EXIT Continue pressing SET gt until you reach the output to be configured DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT RANGE 5V SET EDIT Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL EXIT DIAG AUTO CALIBRATING TEST OUTPUT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT CALIBRATED YES EXIT SET SET CAL 84 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 9 2 3 Manual Calibration of the TEST Channel Configured for Voltage Ranges For highest accuracy the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated NOTE The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear if the AUTO CAL feature is turned off for the channel being adjusted see Section 4 9 2 1 Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals See Figure 4 2 and by changing the actual output signal level using the front panel menu buttons in 100 10 or 1 count increments V OUT VIN Recording ANALYZER Device Figure 4 3 Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL Table 4 10 Vol
204. eration Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 5 1 2 Noisy Unstable or Non Linear Span Readings Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 7 2 Check for proper operation of the meas ref switching valve as described in Section 8 5 2 Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in Section 7 2 Check for operation of the A D circuitry on the motherboard See Section 8 4 9 1 Confirm the Sample Temperature Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are correct Check and adjust as required 8 5 1 3 Slow Response to Changes in Concentration Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as described in Section 7 2 Check for pneumatic leaks as described in Section 7 2 Check for improper materials in the inlet manifold The photometer needs 800 cc min of gas flow Make sure that this is accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator see Section 3 4 7 8 5 1 4 The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings 8 5 1 5 Cannot Zero 8 5 1 6 Cannot Span Confirm that the recorder offset see Section 4 9 1 5 is set to zero Perform an AOUTS calibration see Section 4 9 2 and photometer dark calibration see Section 6 1 4 Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 7 2 Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone The photometer needs 800 cc min of gas flow M
205. ermine the minimum flow rate FT for the O generator output ES 20ppbe LPM Compare the values calculated from the of the above formulae the greater of the two is the minimum Total Flow that must be set 3 4 7 2 Flow Setup for GPT To set the output flow 1 Open the front panel of the calibrator by releasing the two snap in fasteners at the top of the front panel 2 Pull out the regulator knob and adjust the regulator until the desired flow is achieved e front panel of the calibrator displays the approximate output flow based on the measured regulator pressure but this flow should be verified with an independent calibrated flow meter attached to one of the CAL GAS outlets on the back of the instrument see Figure 3 4 3 Push the regulator knob back in to lock Close the front panel e Figure 3 14 Pressure Regulator Adjustment Knob 44 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS PART II OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 07223C DCN6572 45 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 46 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR The T703 T703U calibrator is a computer controlled calibrator with a dynamic menu interface for easy yet powerful and flexible operation All major ope
206. es of Operation 2ASHUT OFF VINE ZEROARIN DRYARIN amp PHOTO ZERO IN ver 3 moro zeno out e wust PHOTOIN PHoTo our CALGAS OUT VENT d 060 PHFHX PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 9 19 T703 Photometer Gas Flow Reference Cycle orent av m Y PHOTO ZERO IN 3 PHOTO ZERO OUT pee b Es PHOTO IN JE noto out DRYAIRIN Cpu CALGAS OUT CALGAS OUT vent FHOTOMETEN RUMOR 703U OZONE CALIBRATOR WIZERO PUMP AND S O VALVE Figure 9 20 7030 Photometer Gas Flow Measure Cycle 07223C DCN6572 213 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual ZERO AIRIN wen MODULE DRYARIN 9 6 1 3 The Absorption Path eX 7 X H N EXHAUST a Puoro out CALGAS OUT Gas OUT ven de PF T E PHORONE TED con 703U OZONE CALIBRATOR WIZERO PUMP AND S O VALVE Figure 9 21 7030 Photometer Gas Flow Reference Cycle In the
207. es of Operation i Window Window UV Detector ABSORPTI ON TUBE a DAMPNUM 7 lt N uv Sample Gas OUT Sample Gas IN Source Absorption Path Length 42 ____4 Analog current signal is output by Detector 0 5 VDC analog signal to Motherboard Photometer Pre amp PCA Figure 9 22 O Photometer Absorption Path 9 6 1 4 Interferent Rejection It should be noted that the UV absorption method for detecting ozone is subject to interference from a number of sources The photometer has been successfully tested for its ability to reject interference from sulfur dioxide nitrogen dioxide nitric oxide water and meta xylene While the photometer rejects interference from the aromatic hydrocarbon meta xylene it should be noted that there are a very large number of other volatile aromatic hydrocarbons that could potentially interfere with ozone detection If the calibrator is installed in an environment where high aromatic hydrocarbon concentrations are suspected specific tests should be conducted to reveal the amount of interference these compounds may be causing 07223C DCN6572 215 Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 6 2 PHOTOMETER LAYOUT UV Detector Preamp PCA The Photometer is where the absorption of UV light by ozone is measured and converted into a voltage It consists of several sub assemblies
208. etric Calibrator QUESTION ANSWER My ozone ACT why Look at the Photo Ref Meas readings from the photometer UV lamp detector are most likely too low and need to be adjusted See Section 7 5 When 1 generate ozone it takes a long time to settle out or it fluctuates around the target concentration until finally stabilizing Perform an Gen Calibration See Section 6 2 Why does the ENTR key sometimes disappear on the front panel display Sometimes the ENTR key will disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter such as trying to set the 24 hour clock to 25 00 00 Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value the ENTR button will re appear How do 1 make the RS 232 Interface Work See Sections 3 2 6 3 and 5 1 When should change the sintered filter s in the calibrators flow control s and how do change them The sintered filters do not require regular replacement Should one require replacement as part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise see Section 8 7 1 How often should rebuild the photometer pump on my calibrator The photometer pump has been designed for longer service life than standard diaphragm pumps When the pump wears out the entire pump must be replaced How long do the UV lamps of the generator and photometer last The typical lifetime is about 2 3 years 8 9 TECHNICAL ASSI
209. eumatic Connector Male 1 8 X PIN FT_70 2 SS SB 2 PIN HW 20 Sintered Filter P N FL 01 Critical Flow Orifice lt PIN 000941000 V Make sure it is placed with the jewel down O Ring gt PIN OR_01 x Purge Housing PIN 000850000 Figure 8 5 Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly 188 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 7 2 DISK ON MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE NOTE Printed circuit assemblies PCAs are sensitive to electro static discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty See Section 10 for more information on preventing ESD damage Replacing the Disk on Module DOM will cause loss of all DAS data it also may cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM carries the exact same firmware version Whenever changing the version of installed software the memory must be reset Failure to ensure that memory is reset can cause the instrument to malfunction and invalidate measurements After the memory is reset the A D converter must be re calibrated and all information collected in Step 1 below must be re entered before the instrument will function correctly Also zero and span calibration should be perform
210. eutral Power Entry 0000073 CN Power Switch 60000025 N Power Power Entry CN0000073 Shield SW0000025 Power Power Entry CN0000073 Chassis 052590000 Line Switched Power Switch 5710000025 252 12 068020000 Ji Ld Neutral Switched Power Switch 5710000025 1252 12 068020000 Jt 3 Power Gmd Power Entry CN0000073 PS2 12 068020000 A2 AC Line Switched Power Switch 510000025 __ 51 5 068010000 AG Neutral Switched Power Switch 5770006025 068010000 Power Power Ent CN0000073 PS1 5 15 068010000 wt 2 AC Line Switched Power Switch 5710000025 L Relay Board 045230100 Ji pi Neutral Switched Power Switch 15170000025 N Relay Board 1045230100 Ji 3 Power Power Entry CN0000073 Relay Board 045230100 Ji 2 103829 CBL DC Power to Motherboard DGND Relay Board 045230100 71 Motherboard 058021400 J15 1 45V Relay Board 045230100 J7 2 Motherboard 058021400 Ji5 2 AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 3 Motherboard 058021400 15 3 15V Relay Board 045230100 J7 4 Motherboard 058021400 Ji8 4 AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 5 Motherboard 058021200 57775 257 Relay Board 045230100 J7 6 Motherboard 058021400 J15 6 HOV RET Relay Board 045230100 47 7 Motherboard 058021400 Ji5 7 127 Relay Board 045230100 J7 8 Motherboard 058021400 Jis 8 Chassis Gnd Relay Board 045230100 J7 10 Motherboard 058021400 5 9 104105 Keyboard to Motherboard Kbd Interupt LCD Interfa
211. field Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences Continue pressing SET gt until ISETUP XX PROGRESS MODESTEP SET EDIT EXIT ISETUP XX PROGRESS MODE ELAP ELAP REN ENTR EXIT Use these buttons to choose a PROGRESS MODE PROGRESS MODE ELAP SET EDIT EXIT 07223C DCN6572 61 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 2 ADDING SEQUENCE STEPS To insert an instruction step into a sequence navigate to the INSERT STEP submenu by pressing Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode Lo att PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EDIT PRINT EXIT fis display only appears if there are no sequences programmed into the calibrator OTHERWISE END OF SEQUENCES INS DEL EDIT 1 SEQ NAMEJ 5 ISETUP XX Ey Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown in the message field in the message field Scrolls back and forth between existing sequences EDIT Press SET to scroll to each ISETUPXX NAME component to be defined CH INS DEL 0 ENTR EXIT 62 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 5 2 1 The GENERATE Step This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE AUTO At the
212. flow 7 8 Spare REF_4096_MV 9 4 096V reference from MAX6241 10 11 Spare OUTPUT FLOW 12 Output flow 13 14 DAC loopback REF GND 15 Ground reference Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs BOX TEMP 0 Internal box temperature PHOTO SAMP TEMP Photometer sample temperature A 22 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX 4 Signal I O Definitions MODELS T703 T703U 703E I O Signal List for Latest Revision Signal Name Bit or Description Channel Number PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP 2 Photometer lamp temperature O3 GEN TEMP 3 Oa generator lamp temperature 4 7 Rear board DAC analog inputs DAC CHAN 1 0 DAC channel 0 loopback DAC CHAN 2 1 DAC channel 1 loopback DAC CHAN 3 DAC channel 2 loopback DAC CHAN 4 DAC channel 3 loopback Rear board analog outputs CONC OUT 1 0 Concentration output 1 CONC OUT 2 1 Concentration output 2 Spare TEST OUTPUT Test measurement output Pc analog output AD5321 default address 18 hex PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE 0 photometer lamp drive 0 5 rc analog output AD5321 default address 1A hex O3 GEN DRIVE 0 generator lamp drive 0 5V 07223C DCN6572 A 23 APPENDIX 5 Terminal Command DesignatorsTeledyne Models T703 T703U 70 MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 APPENDIX A 5 Terminal Command Designator
213. gas concentration fields in the display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart The eight touch control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom row of each menu chart 07223C DCN6572 25 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Menu Chart Layout Param Touch Control Buttons Display Example Target Actual ZERO ZERO 1 Menu Chart Representing Display Example gt OUTFLW 7 3LPM ZERO ZERO lt TST TST gt GEN STBY SETUP Figure 3 3 Display Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts 26 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started Fan Outlet to Photometer Generator Photometer Gas Status Control Analog USB Ethernet Photometer O Inlet Exhaust Connectors Outputs Outputs Output Connector Connector ACPower Vent Inletfor Inletfor Com DCE Com Pon Control Serial No Label Connector Outlets DryAir External Ports Receive Inputs wiPower Specs Zero Air Switch Transmit Source Indicators Figure 3 4 Rear Panel Layout Table 3 2 Rear Panel Description Component Function Fan For cooling pulls ambient air through chassis from side vents exhausts through rear Connector for three prong cord to apply AC power to the instrument ower Connector CAUTION The cord s power specifications spec
214. ge is not active Purge may be invoked within a sequence so purge coil may be on at the same time as a sequence coil 101 Turning coil on puts instrument in standby Turning coil off does nothing When reading coil the value indicates whether instrument is in standby mode If on instrument is in standby if off instrument is not in standby 200 211 Connected to the control outputs CONTROL OUT 1 CONTROL OUT 12 These coils may be turned both on and off Reading the coils indicates the current state 1 Regulator pressure monitoring option A 26 07223C DCN6572 APPENDIX Spare Parts Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced Note Pollution Instrumentation TAPI may result in non compliance with European standard EN 61010 1 Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers please refer to the TAPI Website at Note http www teledyne api com or call Customer Service at 800 324 5190 for more recent updates to part numbers 07223C DCN6572 B 1 2 This page intentionally left blank 07223C DCN6572 T703 Spare Parts List Reference 07224 11 12 2010 2 01 02 PM PARTNUMBER 000940100 006120100 022710000 040010000 040030700 040300110 040300210 041200000 041200200 041440000 042010000 045230100 046740000 049290000 050700500 052400000 052910100 055220000 055730000 056420000 056430000 057360000 057660000 057670000 058021400 058110000 05833
215. generator If any of these temperatures are out of range or are poorly controlled the T703 will perform poorly 8 4 12 1 Box Chassis Temperature The box temperature sensor is mounted to the motherboard and cannot be disconnected to check its resistance Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using the SIGNAL I O function under the DIAG Menu see Section 8 1 3 This parameter will vary with ambient temperature but at 30 C 6 7 above room temperature the signal should be 1450 mV 8 4 12 2 Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature The temperature of the gas in the photometer sample chamber should read approximately 5 0 C higher than the box temperature 8 4 12 3 UV Lamp Temperature There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed UV Lamp heater has failed Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench e It should be approximately 30 Ohms e Assuming that the bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed e Using the PHOTO_LAMP HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I O function of the DIAG menu as described above turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater D15 on the relay board should illuminate as the heater is turned on e Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay Board e Ifthe FET Driver has failed there will be no change in the
216. ges while also touching or holding an ESD Sensitive Device e Only lay tools or ESD sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive surface of your workstation Never lay them down on any non ESD preventative surface 5 Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti static storage bags or bins and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap 6 Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the workbench 224 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge 10 4 2 3 Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API instrument to an Anti ESD workbench or back f Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti ESD bag or bin Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate e Ifyou are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e Ifyou are at an anti ESD workbench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e In either case wait several seconds Place the item in the container Seal the container If using a bag fold the end over and fastening it with anti ESD tape e Folding the open end over isolates the component s inside
217. gital electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power regimes As long as instrument is connected to 100 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display Internally the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA Motherboard and CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied On the other hand in some of the calibrators the dry air pump must be properly configured for the type of power being supplied to the instrument Figure 2 3 shows the location of the Pump AC Configuration jumper 07223C DCN6572 201 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual JP7 Pump Configuration Figure 9 9 Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump 9 2 6 1 AC Configuration Internal Pump JP7 AC power configuration for the internal dry air pump is set using Jumper set JP7 Table 9 2 AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps JP7 JUMPER LINE LINE JUMPER POWER FREQUENCY COLOR FUNCTION Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line 2107 60 HZ WHITE Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line 3108 110VAC Connects pump pins 2 amp 4 to Neutral 4to9 115 VAC Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line 2107 50 HZ BLACK Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line 3108 Connects pump pins 2 amp 4 to Neutral 4109 60 HZ BROWN
218. have not yet cleared the message the MSG button displays The following display touchscreen examples provide an illustration of each 162 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service Target Actual Target Top the CLR button is available to clear the warning message displayed in the Param field Bottom the MSG button indicates that at least one warning message has not yet been cleared The calibrator also alerts the user via the Serial I O COM port s and causes the FAULT LED on the front panel to blink To view or clear the various warning messages press STANDBY SYSTEM RESET Suppresses the TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP warning message STANDBY SYSTEM RESET TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP STANDBY SYSTEM RESET TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP e SYSTEM ANALOG CAL WARNING TEST CLR SETUP Once the last warning has been cleared the MESSAGE FIELD will return to displaying the currently selected TEST STANDBY ACT STANDBY FUNGTION valus lt TST TST GEN STBY SEQ SETUP MSG returns the active warnings to the message field Press CLR to clear the current message If more than one warning is active the next message will take its place NOTE If a warning message persists after several attempts to clear it the message may indicate a real problem and not an artifac
219. he Tooele ts the GENERATE GENERATE 0PPB 0 0 ENTR EXIT bit to be set selected bit 0 PPB ENTR EXIT PPB Toggle these keys to set the SETUP XX DILUENT FLOW 0 000 LPM MGM calibration gas flow rate Toggle to set the target concentration of the UGM o 0 o0 0 ENTR EXIT calibrator output for this gas PCT PPT PPM Toggle these keys to set the calibration gas flow rate OFF CNST R F BNCH Figure A 7 SETUP X X 0 O3 GEN SET POII SETUP GEN SET POINT 000 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggle to set the CONSTANT drive voltage of the generator Toggle to set output concentration of the generator PRIMARY SETUP Menu LVL Submenu programming LEADS LEVELS optional 07223C DCN6572 A 9 This page intentionally left blank 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX 2 Serial I O Setup Variables APPENDIX 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Table A 1 Setup Variables Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description Units Value Range Low Access Level Setup Variables 818 password PHOTO LAMP 58 0 100 Photometer lamp temperature Warnings set point and warning limits 56 61 GEN LAMP 48 0 100 Os generator lamp temperature Warnings set point and warning limits 43 53 O3 CONC RANGE PPB 500 0 1 20000 Os concentration range
220. heet part number 05760 lists these values before the instrument left the factory To view the current values of these parameters press the following touch screen button sequence on the calibrator s front panel Remember until the unit has completed its warm up these parameters may not have stabilized O3GEN FRAC Value 77030 only PRES Value PSIG e A O3 Value e T O3 Value OUT FLW Value LPM REG PRES Value PSIG BOX e O3GENREF Value MV O3GENDRV Value MV O3LAMPTMP Value C PH MEAS Value MV REF Value MV FLW Value LPM PH e PH SPRES Value IN HG A PH STEMP ValueC PH SLOPE Value PH OFFST Value PPB e PH STAB Value PPB TIME Z HH MM SS Toggle TST TST to N scrollthroughlistof functions Pi Only appears when warning messages are active Only appears when one or more calibration sequences are programmed into the calibrator s memory 3 Generator Regulator Pressure If your calibrator is operating via Ethernet and your network is running a dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP software package the Ethernet option will automatically configure its interface with your LAN However it is good idea to check these settings to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the appropriate network settings from your network server See
221. hotometric Calibrator Figure 6 2 Set up for Verifying Optional Photometer Using an External Generator NOTE The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the drawing All unused ports should be capped A Minimum of 1 1 LPM is required for the external zero air source 6 1 1 1 Calibration Manifold Exhaust Vent Line The manifold s excess gas should be vented to a suitable vent outside of the room This vent should be of large enough internal diameter to avoid any appreciable pressure drop and it must be located sufficiently downstream of the output ports to assure that no ambient air enters the manifold due to eddy currents or back diffusion NOTE It is recommended that the calibration manifold s exhaust vent have a minimum internal diameter of 3 8 inch and a maximum length of 3 meters or 10 feet 126 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 1 2 VERIFYING O PHOTOMETER PERFORMANCE To verify the performance of the internal photometer perform the following steps Make sure that the ACT STANDBY calibrator is in TS ST GEN STBY SEQ SETUP STANDBY mode GENERATE ZERO ZERO ENTR SETUP Toggle to switch to generation mode GENERATE 0 0 PPB O3 PPB ENTR EXIT ogg buttons to set the target concentration gt Toggle to set the units of measure
222. i Connection Point oy X Figure 6 6 O Regulator Pressure Monitor Point T703U only 6 3 2 CALIBRATING THE PRESSURE SENSORS The following procedure requires a pump If your unit does not have the internal pump option temporarily connect an external pump 1 Turn off the calibrator and open the top cover 2 Connecta pressure meter to the Regulator Pressure measurement fitting see Figure 6 5 This fitting is located on the backside of the regulator assembly If the unit is a T703U also connect a pressure meter to the O Regulator Figure 6 6 Turn on the calibrator and perform the following steps 140 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification Make sure the calibrator is in STANDBY mode PL GEN SIP SETUP os a PRIMARY SETUP MENU sta MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 18 1 8 ENTR Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL VO PREV NEXT Ifthe unitis a T703U the menu item O3 PRESS for Continue pressing NEXT until Regulator Pressure displays first PRESSURE CALIBRATION PREV NEXT ENTR PRESS 15 02 PSI Toggle to change the calibrator s SAMPLE PRESS 28 00 IN HG A 8 0 ENTR REGULATOR PRESS 00 56 PSIG pressure display to match the
223. icates with the motherboard over the bus Its status indicators and components can be used for troubleshooting power problems and valve or heater functionality Generally the relay PCA is located in the right rear quadrant of the calibrator and is mounted vertically on the backside of the same bracket as the instrument s DC power supplies however the exact location of the relay PCA may differ from model to model 07223C DCN6572 195 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Status LED s Watchdog DC Power Supply 02 through 016 Status LED D1 Test Points PC Connector DC Valve amp Photometer Pump Control AC Pump Configuration DC Valve Control Drivers DC Valve amp Photometer AC Power Pump Control Connector DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE DC Power Dry Air AC Pump Distribution Control Relay Connectors Figure 9 5 Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed This version of the Relay PCA includes one AC relay that controls the AC powered Dry Air zero air pump and A plastic insulating safety shield covers the remaining empty AC Relay sockets CAUTION NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED IN AND TURNED ON THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH THE SHIELD CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE PRESENT 9 2 3 1 Valve Control The relay board also hosts two valve driver IC s ea
224. igure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 9 3 Figure 9 4 Figure 9 5 Figure 9 6 Figure 9 7 Figure 9 8 Figure 9 9 Figure 9 10 Figure 9 11 Figure 9 12 Figure 9 13 Figure 9 14 Figure 9 15 Figure 9 16 Figure 9 17 Front Panel Layout Display Screen and Touch Control Display Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Chart Rear Panel Layout T703 Internal Layout Top View T703 Pneumatic Diagram T703U Internal Layout Top View T703U Pneumatic Diagram TEST CHANNEL Connecto Status Output Connector Digital Control Input Connectors Digital Control Output Connectoi Basic Pneumatic Setup Pressure Regulator Adjustment Knob Front Panel Display TEST CHANNEL Connecto Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL Set up to Measure an External O3 Source LEADS Level Display Format Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors RS 232 DCE amp DTE CPU COM1 amp COM2 Connector Pin Outs for RS 232 Mode Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode RS232 Multidrop PCA Host Calibrator Interconnect Diagram APICOM Remote Control Program Interface Set up for Verifying Optional Photometer Using Internal O4 Generator Set up for Verifying Optional Photometer Using an External Generator Pressure Calibratio
225. il the value of PHOTO DET is as close as possible to 4600 0 MV Next slowly rotate the lamp up to tum in either direction while watching the PHOTO DET signal Once the optimum lamp position is i determined re tighten the lamp setscrew If a minimum reading of 3500 0 mV can not be reached the lamp must be replaced 156 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 6 DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT Replace the cover the instrument UV LAMP SETSCREW g UV LAMP Figure 7 3 Photometer Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment amp UV Lamp Set Screw 7 6 PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP REPLACEMENT This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly This procedure should be done whenever the lamp can no longer be adjusted as described in Section 10 2 3 1 o RON Turn the instrument off Remove the cover from the instrument Locate the Optical Bench Assembly see Figure 3 5 Locate the UV lamp at the rear of the optical bench assembly see Figure 7 3 Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the optical bench Slightly loosen do not remove the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from its housing NOTE The UV lamp contains mercury Hg which is considered hazardous waste Th
226. ints 6 2 5 Turning Generator Calibration Points ON OFF 6 2 6 Performing an Automatic Calibration of the Generator 6 3 Calibrating Gas Pressure Sensors 6 3 1 Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration Set Up 6 3 2 Calibrating the Pressure Sensors 6 4 Gas Flow Calibratioi 6 4 1 Calibrating the Photometer s Sample Gas Flow 6 4 2 Calibrating the Output Gas Flow 6 4 2 1 Output Gas Flow Set Up 6 4 2 2 Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration TECHNICAL INFORMATION 7 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE amp PROCEDURES 7 1 Maintenance Schedule 7 2 Performing Leak Check 7 2 1 Pressure Leak Check 7 3 Cleaning or replacing the Absorption Tube 7 4 Rebuilding the Dry Air Pump 7 5 Photometer UV Source Lamp Adjustment 7 6 Photometer UV Source Lamp Replacemen 7 7 Adjustment or Replacement of Ozone Generator UV Lamp 8 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING amp SERVICE 8 1 General Troubleshooting 8 1 1 Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages 8 1 2 Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions 8 1 3 Using the Diagnostic Signal I O Function 8 2 Using the Analog Output Test Channel 8 3 Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs 8 3 1 CPU Status Indicator 8 3 2 Relay PCA Status LEDs 8 3 2 1 Bus Watchdog Status LEDs 8 3 2 2 Troubleshooting with Relay Board Status LEDs 8 4 Subsystem Checkout 8 4 1 Verify Subsystem Calibratioi 113 116 116 118 118 072
227. ion T703U only Generator Capped fitting on Generator Regulator Regulator Pressure Sensor 03 PRES PSIG assembly See Figure 6 6 6 3 1 GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION SET UP The procedures described in this section require an independent calibrated pressure meter monitor to be attached at the location shown in Figure 6 3 for T703 or at the locations shown in Figure 6 4 for T703U 7 Pressure XE PHE PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 6 3 Pressure Calibration Monitor Point T703 138 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification muro ZEROARIN ef gt lt PHOTO ZERO IN PHOTO ZERO OUT comet paai up CALGAS OUT VENT DRYARIN E im d PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 6 4 Pressure Calibration Monitor Points T703U Attach Pressure Monitor Here Pressure Regulatoi Figure 6 5 Pressure Regulator Monitor Connection Point T703 and T703U 07223C DCN6572 139 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual T703U O Regulator ee SS Pressure Monitor
228. irect connection option to a personal computer using USB cable Label w power specs Identifies the instrument model number and lists voltage and frequency specifications 07223C DCN6572 27 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual CPU Motherboard Photometer Pump Pressure Flow Sensor for__ Generator and Photometer Generator Assembly Photometer M R Valve Generator Lamp Driver Photometer L 5 LPM Flow _ Outlet to Generator Pressure Regulator Inlet Control Assy FRONT 9 oo Figure 3 5 T703 Internal Layout Top View Relay Board Power Supplies Dry Air Pump 1 LPM Flow Control Assy Inlet to Regulator DFU Filters Charcoal Scrubber on top Regulator Adjustment Knob On Off Switch 28 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started ZEROAIR IN ORY AIR IN H enoto ZERO OUT EXHAUST PHOTOMETER INLET 703 OZONE CALIBRATOR WIZERO PUMP AND S O VALVE PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 3 6 T703 Pneumatic Diagram
229. iscards the user Adjust this value by adjusted flow values toggling these buttons to ENTR accepts the new match the actual flow as flow values and measured by the external calibrates the actual flowmeter 7 WAITING FOR FLOW output flow Instrument is calibrating the actual output flow FCAL ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW 1 000 LPM Do NOT press the ENTR button at 9 220 ENTR EXIT this point Doing so will cause the slope applied to the Output Flow reading be recalculated L 07223C DCN6572 145 Calibration and Verification Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 146 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual TECHNICAL INFORMATION PART III TECHNICAL INFORMATION 07223C DCN6572 147 TECHNICAL INFORMATION Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 148 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 7 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE amp PROCEDURES Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into the calibrator s firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary without performing painstaking preventative maintenance procedures For the most part the T703 calibrator is m
230. librator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION SEQUENCES The T703 T703U calibrator can be set up to perform automatic calibration sequences of multiple steps These sequences can perform all of the calibration operations available for manual operation and can be set up to be triggered by using the front panel touch screen buttons the internal timer the external digital control inputs the RS 232 interface the Ethernet interface or even as sub processes in another sequence 4 5 1 SETUP gt SEQ PROGRAMMING CALIBRATION SEQUENCES A sequence is a database of single or multiple steps where each single step is an instruction that causes the instrument to perform an operation These steps are grouped under a user defined SEQUENCE NAME For each sequence seven attributes must be programmed the attributes are presented in Table 4 3 Table 4 3 Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes ATTRIBUTE NAME DESCRIPTION NAME Allows the user to create a text string of up to 10 characters identifying the sequence REPEAT COUNT Number of times between 0 and 100 to execute the same sequence A value of 0 zero causes the sequence to execute indefinitely CC INPUT Specifies which of the Digital Control Inputs will initiate the sequence CC OUTPUT Specifies which of the Digital Control Outputs will be set when the sequence is active TIMER ENABLE Enables or disable
231. lon carpet 1 500V 35 000V Walking across vinyl tile 250V 12 000V Worker at bench 100V 6 000V Poly bag picked up from bench 1 200V 20 000V Moving around in a chair padded with urethane foam 10 2 HOW ELECTRO STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE 1 500V 18 000V Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an electronic device Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate traces of the integrated circuits melting them or even vaporizing parts of them When examined by microscope the damage caused by electro static discharge looks a lot like tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component s circuitry A quick comparison of the values in Table 10 1 with the those shown in the Table 10 2 listing device susceptibility levels shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates that approximately 60 of device failures are the result of damage due to electro static discharge Table 10 2 Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE DEVICE RANGE DAMAGE BEGINS CATASTROPHIC OCCURRING AT DAMAGE AT MOSFET 10 100 VMOS 30 1800 NMOS 60 100 GaAsFET 60 2000 EPROM 100 100 JFET 140 7000 SAW 150 500 190 2500 CMOS 200 3000 Schottky Diodes 300 2500 Film Resistors 300 3000 Thi
232. lure of Bench lamp heater Bench lamp temperature sensor Relay controlling the bench heater WARNING lt 51 or gt 61 Entire Relay PCA Bus HotLamp Value output during the Faulty UV source lamp PHOTO LAMP Photometer s reference cycle Noisy UV detector STABILITY WARNING changes from measurement to measurement more than 2596 of the time Faulty UV lamp power supply Faulty 15 VDC power supply PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING Occurs when Ref is 2500 mvDC or gt 4950 mVDC Possible failure of UV Lamp UV Photo Detector Preamp REAR BOARD NOT DET Motherboard not detected on power up THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I O COM Port s Front Panel Display will be frozen blank or will not respond Failure of Motherboard RELAY BOARD WARN The CPU cannot communicate with the Relay PCA PC Bus failure Failed relay PCA Loose connectors wiring SYSTEM RESET The computer has rebooted This message occurs at power on If itis confirmed that power has not been interrupted Failed 5 VDC power Fatal error caused software to restart Loose connector wiring 164 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 1 2 FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS In addition to being useful predictive diagnostic tools the test functions viewable from the calibrator s
233. ly seated 8 4 11 2 Troubleshooting Calibrator Modem or Terminal Operation These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a Teledyne API calibrator Check cables for proper connection to the modem terminal or computer Check to make sure the DTE DCE is in the correct position as described in Section 5 1 1 Check to make sure the set up command is correct See Section 5 2 Verify that the Ready to Send RTS signal is at logic high The T703 sets pin 7 RTS to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission Make sure the BAUD rate word length and stop bit settings between modem and calibrator match See Section 5 1 3 Use the RS 232 test function to send w characters to the modem terminal or computer See Section 5 1 5 Get your terminal modem or computer to transmit data to the calibrator holding down the space bar is one way the green LED should flicker as the instrument is receiving data Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is functioning properly NOTE Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual RS 232 Programming Notes Teledyne API part number 013500000 182 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 4 12 TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the UV lamp and ozone
234. most basic terms the photometer uses a high energy mercury vapor lamp to generate a beam of UV light This beam passes through a window of material specifically chosen to be both non reactive to and transparent to UV radiation at 254nm and into an absorption tube filled with sample gas Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path length required to create a measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough approximately 42 cm that the light beam is only required to make one pass through the Absorption Tube Therefore no complex mirror system is needed to lengthen the effective path by bouncing the beam back and forth Finally the UV passes through a similar window at the other end of the absorption tube and is detected by a specially designed vacuum diode that only detects radiation at or very near a wavelength of 254nm The specificity of the detector is high enough that no extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed The detector reacts to the UV light and outputs a current signal that varies in direct relationship with the intensity of the light shining on it This current signal is amplified and converted to a 0 to 5 VDC voltage analog signal voltage sent to the instrument s motherboard where it is digitized The CPU to be uses this digital data in computing the concentration of O in the absorption tube 214 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principl
235. n 6 1 3 2 for performing a span point calibration of the photometer e Press XSPN and allow the calibrator to stabilize 6 Before completing the calibration by pressing the SPAN button note of the displayed value of PHOTO REF Ifthe REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value with Zero gas then there is a cross port leak in the m r valve 7 Press the final Zero button then press NO when asked ARE YOU SURE 8 6 TROUBLE SHOOTING THE O GENERATOR Troubleshooting the generator differs between the T703 Section 8 6 1 and the T703U Section 8 6 2 WARNING N Hazardous voltage present use caution 8 6 1 TROUBLESHOOTING THE GENERATOR IN THE T703 See Section 8 6 1 for troubleshooting the T703U generator 1 Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that 15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector 2 If this voltage is incorrect check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described in Section 8 4 3 Begin generating O Scroll to the Test Function O3GENDRV and note the reading in mVDC 5 Remove the cover of the O generator and check for the presence of the following voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA e Reading between TP1 and grnd should match the OSGENDRVY test function reading XXXX X mVDC 10 mVDC If this voltage is incorrect either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the
236. n Monitor Point T703 Pressure Calibration Monitor Points T703U Pressure Regulator Monitor Connection Point Regulator Pressure Monitor Point T703U only Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point T703 T703 Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks T703U Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks Photometer Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment amp UV Lamp Set Screw Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations Location of O4 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot Example of Signal I O Function CPU Status Indicator Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly Electronic Block Diagram CPU Board Annotated Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed Heater Control Loop Block Diagram Status LED Locations Relay PCA Power Distribution Block diagram Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump Pump AC Power Jumpers JP7 Front Panel Layout Schematic of Basic Software Operation Generator Internal Pneumatics Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations O Generator Electronic Block Diagram Os Generator Electronic Components Location Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations xiv 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual T
237. n the following table of internal gas pressure as measured by the O gas input pressure sensor The output flow slope value is determined by performing an OUPUT FLOW calibration operation see Section 6 4 2 Table 6 2 T703 T703U Gas Pressure to Output Flow conversion Table T703 REGULATOR PRESSURE TO OUTPUT FLOW PSIG LPM 0 0 000 1 0 676 2 1 214 3 1 659 4 2 071 5 2 463 6 2 816 7 3 178 8 3 536 9 3 851 10 4 166 15 5 744 20 7 282 25 8 755 30 10 254 35 11 695 40 13 146 The calculated OUTPUT FLOW value is viewable on the instrument s front panel using the OUTPUT FLOW test function and can be output via the T703 T703U s TEST CHANNEL using the OUTPUT FLOW function 142 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 4 1 CALIBRATING THE PHOTOMETER S SAMPLE GAS FLOW NOTE The procedure described in this section requires an independent calibrated gas flow meter monitor be connected to the EXHAUST fitting on the back of the T703 T703U During the PHOTO FLOW calibration the T703 T703U software automatically turns the DC pump downstream from the photometer ON PHOTO FLOW calibration is followed by ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW output gas flow calibration Section 6 4 2 To perform a PHOTO FLOW calibration press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby GEN STBY SEQ SETUP mode
238. nal zero air pump installed the zero air pump should be disabled The ZA PUMP ENABLE VAR see Section 4 10 should be set to OFF 38 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started 3 3 3 OUTPUT MANIFOLD A four port output manifold is supplied on the rear panel of the T703 T703U enabling simultaneous testing of up to two external instruments Sample lines for ozone instruments to be calibrated can be connected directly to this manifold To prevent ozone exposure the bottom port of this manifold is used as a vent and should be connected to a proper unpressurized vent manifold It is important that the backpressure at this vent fitting be kept to a minimum If a vent line longer than 2 meters 6 feet is required then 3 8 OD tubing should be used Any unused ports on this manifold must be capped 3 3 4 EXHAUST The port labeled EXHAUST contains the exhaust gas from the internal photometer and may contain ozone This port should be connected to a proper unpressurized vent manifold to prevent ozone exposure 3 3 5 MEASURING AN EXTERNAL OZONE SOURCE The T703 T703U can easily be configured to measure an external source of ozone See Section 4 11 for details on operating the unit in this manner 3 4 INITIAL OPERATION If you are unfamiliar with the T703 T703U theory of operation we recommend that you read Section 9 For information on navigating the calibrat
239. nd other items When using these commands you must type the entire name of the item you cannot abbreviate any names 5 1 7 4 Status Reporting Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the RS 232 interface the other two being the command line interface for controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic format You can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode Section 5 1 4 Table 5 1 Status reports include warning messages calibration and diagnostic status messages Refer to Appendix A for a list of the possible messages and this for information on controlling the instrument through the RS 232 interface 5 1 7 5 General Message Format All messages from the instrument including those in response to a command line request are in the format X DDD HH MM Id MESSAGE lt CRLF gt Where x is a command type designator a single character indicating the message type as shown in the Table 6 27 DDD HH MM is the time stamp the date and time when the message was issued It consists of the Day of year DDD as a number from 1 to 366 the hour of the day HH as a number from 00 to 23 and the minute MM as a number from 00 to 59 ID is the calibrator ID a number with 1 to 4 digits MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages Test Functions variable values etc lt CRLF gt is a carriage return
240. nd properly seated 5 Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses to make sure they are firmly and properly seated 6 Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed These are checked on the paperwork accompanying the calibrator VENTILATION CLEARANCE Whether the calibrator is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack be sure to leave sufficient ventilation clearance AREA MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE Back of the instrument 10 4 inches Sides of the instrument 2 5 1 inch Above and below the instrument 2 5 1 inch 3 1 1 FRONT REAR AND INTERNAL CALIBRATOR DESCRIPTION Figure 3 1 shows the location of the front panel components Figure 3 2 shows the display screen which is described in Table 3 1 USB Ports Display Screen O ANS ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION T Series Model Name Label Power On Off Switch Figure 3 1 Front Panel Layout 24 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started Target Actual ZERO Figure 3 2 Display Screen and Touch Control The front panel liquid crystal display LCD screen includes touch control Upon calibrator start up the LCD shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main display appears CAUT
241. ndom Access Memory DR DOS Digital Research DOS DTE Data Terminal Equipment EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory also referred to as a FLASH chip or drive ESD Electro Static Discharge ETEST Electrical Test a standardized IEEE 802 3 computer networking technology for local area networks Ethernet RE dum LANs facilitating communication and sharing resources FEP Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon Flash non volatile solid state memory FPI Fabry Perot Interface a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel highly reflective mirrors GFC Gas Filter Correlation C bus a clocked bi directional serial bus for communication between individual instrument components Integrated Circuit a modern semi conductor circuit that can contain many basic IC components such as resistors transistors capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used in electronic assemblies IP Internet Protocol IZS Internal Zero Span LAN Local Area Network LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LPM Liters Per Minute MFC Mass Flow Controller M R Measure Reference the mass expressed in grams of 1 mole of a specific substance Conversely one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance MOLAR M
242. nfigured for half duplex RS 485 communication Contact the factory for RS 485 communication configuration e 2 port is disabled for all but Multidrop communications when the unit is configured for USB communications The Ethernet connector allows the instrument to be connected to a network running or to the public Internet if access is available The network must have routers capable of operating at 10Base T or 100Base T DHCP is enabled by default Section 5 6 1 This configuration is useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network However for permanent Ethernet connections a static IP address should be used Section 5 6 1 1 5 1 1 RS 232 DTE AND DCE COMMUNICATION RS 232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment DTE and data communication equipment DCE Basic data terminals always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices Electronically the difference between the DCE amp DTE is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions e DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3 e DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2 A switch located below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the user to switch between DTE for use with data terminals or DCE for use with modems Since computers can be either DTE or DCE check your computer to determine which mode to us
243. ngs 6 2 1 O GENERATOR CALIBRATION TABLE When the T703 T703U is operated in BENCH mode this table is used for the initial setting only After a short delay time the bench feedback control will take over and control the O generator drive to servo in to the exact concentration requested When it is operated in CONST mode the initial generator drive setting will be set by the calibration table and does not change When the T703 T703U is operated in REF mode the calibration table sets the initial drive setting and then the reference detector feedback takes over to maintain the lamp at a constant intensity as measured by the reference detector The target value for the reference detector for a particular target concentration is also stored in this calibration table The instrument software will interpolate between two values in the table when an intermediate concentration is requested For each point included in the table used by the T703 T703U to calibrate the generator the user can set a drive voltage and a dwell time for that point Each point can also be individually turned off or on 132 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 2 2 VIEWING GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS To view these calibration points press STANDBY ACT STANDBY Make sure that the calibrator is in standby lt TST TST gt GEN STBY SEQ mode PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG CLK PASS MOR
244. ning calibrator WARNING 8 1 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING The T703 Photometric Calibrator has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected evaluated and repaired During operation it continuously performs diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing monitoring operations A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five steps 1 2 Note any warning messages and take corrective action as necessary Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values Note any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic communication channels are operating properly e Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the voltage test points on the relay PCA e Note that the calibrators DC power wiring is color coded and these colors match the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA Suspect a leak first e Technical Support data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the calibrator or the diluent gas and Source gases delivery systems e Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal external gas lines damaged seals punctured gas lines a damaged malfunctioning pumps etc 07223C DCN6572
245. ning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing a touch screen control button Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are operating properly but pressing a control button on the touch screen does not change the display any of the following may be the problem e touch screen controller may be malfunctioning e internal USB bus may be malfunctioning You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal program If the instrument responds to remote commands and the display changes accordingly the touch screen interface may be faulty 8 4 6 LCD DISPLAY MODULE Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied to the instrument Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are operating properly the display screen should light and show the splash screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization process 174 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 4 7 RELAY PCA The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status LEDs located along its upper edge see Section 8 3 2 and Figure 8 3 Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting and using the SIGNAL I O submenu under the DIAG menu see Section 8 1 3 to toggle each LED ON or OFF If D
246. nt remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open for access to the Multidrop LVDS PCA which is seated on the CPU 2 On the Multidrop LVDS PCA s JP2 connector remove the shunt that jumpers Pins 21 22 as indicated in Figure 5 3 Do this for all but the last instrument in the chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21 lt gt 22 3 Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments again refer to Figure 5 3 e Multidrop LVDS PCA to the CPU s COM1 connector Note that the CPU s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop e on the Multidrop LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard e 1 on the Multidrop LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD 07223C DCN6572 113 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual JP2 has a shunt on Pins 21 22 Remove this shunt from all analyzers except the last analyzer in the chain leave the shunt installed on Pins 21 22 on the Disk on Module last analyzer DOM Adjust accordingly if new instrument s added later Serial multi drop and LVDS board seated on CPU SI e pato 41200 motherboard w video cable to front panel LCD CPUCOM1 CPU COM is not edn Mut J11 connector Figure 5 3 Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode Close the instrument Referring to Figure 5 4 use straight through DB9 male DB9 female cables to interconnect the host
247. nt s default language Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing the second language 20 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Specifications and Approvals 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS 2 1 SPECIFICATIONS Table 2 1 T703 T703U System Specifications PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Linearity 1 096 of full scale Precision 1 0 ppb Response Time T703 T703U 180 seconds to 95 240 seconds to 95 Stability 7 days 196 photometer feedback 396 without photometer feedback CNST or REF Operating Temperature Range 5 40 Humidity Range 0 95 RH non condensing Operating Altitude 10 000 ft Maximum Dimensions H x W x D 7 178 mm x 17 432 mm x 24 609 mm Weight 35 5 Ibs 16 1 kg including internal zero air pump AC Power 100V 120V 60Hz 64W with Zero Air Pump 138W 220V 240V 50Hz 81W with Zero Air Pump 157W Analog Output Ranges 0 1 V 1 V 5 V or 10 V selectable Range with 5 under over range Standard 1 Ethernet 10 100Base T 2 RS 232 300 115 200 baud 2 USB device ports 8 opto isolated digital control outputs 12 opto isolated digital control inputs 8 opto isolated digital status outputs 1 USB com port Optional 185485 Multidrop RS232 Table 2 2 T703 T703U Specifications for Ozon
248. ny attempt is made to operate the instrument ORGANIZATION This manual is divided among three main parts and a collection of appendices at the end Part I contains introductory information that includes an overview of the instrument descriptions of the available options specifications installation and connection instructions and the initial calibration and functional checks Part II comprises the operating instructions which include basic advanced and remote operation calibration diagnostics testing validating and verifying and ends with specifics of calibrating for use in EPA monitoring Part III provides detailed technical information such as theory of operation maintenance troubleshooting and service along with Frequently Asked Questions FAQs and a glossary It also contains a special section dedicated to providing information about electro static discharge and protecting against its consequences The appendices at the end of this manual provide support information such as version specific software documentation lists of spare parts and schematics vi 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents REVISION HISTORY This section provides information regarding the initial release and subsequent changes to this manual T703 T703U Operation Manual 072230000 Date Rev DCN Change Summary 2012 6572 Added T703U technical specs and conten
249. oduct which also may be undesirable in a calibration application The UV light method is most feasible in calibration application where production of low accurate concentrations of ozone desired This method mimics the radiation method that occurs naturally from the sun in the upper atmosphere producing the ozone layer An ultra violet lamp inside the generator emits a precise wavelength of UV Light 185 nm Ambient air is passed over an ultraviolet lamp which splits some of the molecular oxygen O2 in the gas into individual oxygen atoms which attach to other existing oxygen molecules O2 forming ozone 07223C DCN6572 205 Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Inlet from Diluent Source Valve Reference Detector 602 AVies 303 To Photometer Cal Gas and Vent Outlets Control Assembly Figure 9 13 Generator Internal Pneumatics 206 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 5 2 GENERATOR PNEUMATIC OPERATION The rate of flow through the O generator is controlled by a flow control assembly located on the Regulator Sub Assembly in the front of the calibrator Generator Generator Gas Inlet Heater Control PCA Outlet to Photometer and O Outlet Internal Vent Measure Reference Valve for a Photometer Bench Figure 9 14 Generator Valve and Gas Fixtu
250. ontinue pressing SET until E DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT REC OFS SET SET EDIT Toggle these DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT REC OFS 0 mV buttons to set the desired offset value 0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT REC OFS 10 mV 0 0 1 0 ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO lt SET SET gt EDIT EXI TEST_OUTPUT REC OFS 10 mV 80 07223 DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 9 2 TEST CHANNEL CALIBRATION TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the instrument performed in the factory as part of the configuration process or whenever re calibration is required The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically or adjusted manually In its default mode the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all channels which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device e g datalogger During automatic calibration the instrument tells the output circuitry to generate a zero mV signal and high scale point signal usually about 90 of chosen analog signal scale then measures actual signal of the output Any error at zero or high scale is corrected with a slope and offset Manual calibration should be used for the 0 1V range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to the char
251. or TST gt from the main menu and tl Functions will scroll at the top center of the display Table 4 1 Test Functions Defined TEST MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION O3GEN FRAC X XX T703U only For low range mode to produce low levels of ozone during a GPT calibration where Os output is 500 PPB LPM supported only in GEN AUTO mode PRES XX X PSIG generator regulator pressure ACT GENERATE XX PPB 03 Actual concentration being generated computed from real time inputs TARG GENERATE XX PPB Target concentration to generate OUT FLW X XXX LPM Output flow rate computed from regulator pressure REG PRESS XxX X PSIG Regulator pressure BOX C Internal chassis temperature OGEN REF XXXX X generator reference detector reading O3GENDRV XXXX X MV generator lamp drive output O3LAMPTMP XX X generator lamp temperature PH MEAS XXXX X MV Photometer detector measure reading PH REF XXXX X MV Photometer detector reference reading PH FLW X XXX LPM Photometer sample flow rate PH LTEMP XX X Photometer lamp temperature SPRES XX X IN HG A Photometer sample pressure PH C Photometer sample temperature PH SLOPE X XXX Photometer slope computed during zero span bench calibration PH OFFST X X PPB Photometer offset computed during zero span bench calib
252. or both of two status output blocks Up to twenty levels can be defined and used with the T703 using a range of ID numbers from 0 98 Level 99 is reserved for standby Are not time based and do not include characteristics such as start time or duration therefore a single LEVEL can not switch between different concentration levels and flow rates Separate flow and concentration outputs must be programmed into separate LEVELs which are then individually started and stopped either by an operator at the calibrator s front panel or through a serial data operation over the RS 232 or Ethernet ports 4 12 4 ACTIVATING AN EXISTING LEVEL Make sure that the calibrator is in GEN STBY SEQ standby mode s gt To activate an existing defined LEVEL press STANDBY LEVL AUTO SYSTEM RESET LEVEL O ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons until the designation of the existing defined level program is reached MANUAL ACT 7 500 LPM 100 0 PPB The calibrator will continue generating calibration gas at the LEVEL chosen until the lt TST TST GEN STBY SETUP 07223C DCN6572 93 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 12 5 PROGRAMMING NEW LEVELS To begin programming a new LEVEL find the LVL submenu by pressing Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU LEVL SEQ MORE This displ
253. or s software menus see the menu trees described in Appendix A 3 4 1 START UP After all of the electrical and pneumatic connections are made turn on the instrument The exhaust fan and should start immediately If the instrument is equipped with an internal photometer installed the associated pump should also start up The front panel display will show a splash screen and other information during the initialization process while the CPU loads the operating system the firmware and the configuration data Once the CPU has completed this activity it will begin loading the calibrator firmware and configuration data During this process model and software revision information appear briefly in the Param field of the calibrator s front panel display before the firmware is fully booted The calibrator should automatically switch to STANDBY mode after completing the boot up sequence 3 4 2 WARM UP The T703 T703U Photometric calibrator requires a minimum of 30 minutes for all of its internal components to reach a stable operating temperature 07223C DCN6572 39 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 3 4 3 WARNING MESSAGES Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified limits during the calibrator s warm up period the software will suppress most warning conditions for 30 minutes after power up If warning messages persist after the 30 minutes warm up period is over
254. or s timer feature that allows the calibrator to use its internal clock to start a sequence STEPS PROGRESS MODES ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT As the sequence runs As the sequence runs the calibrator s display the calibrator s display will show progress by will show progress as displaying the step elapsed time Cycles through YES NO currently being executed list of cas commands GENERATE Inserts a new Edie oq ida As the sequence runs As the sequence runs the DURATION parameters for selected the calibrator s display calibrator s display will show EXECSEQ step See Chapter 6 for will show progress a progress as the time remaining See Chapter 6 for further further instructions percent of its total of its total programmed MANUAL 9 instructions on programming each programmed duration duration of these commands Figure A 3 PRIMARY SETUP Menu SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION Submenu 07223C DCN6572 A 5 APPENDIX 1 Software Menu Trees Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745E DCN6572 MAIN MENU 39 SETUP MORE VARS DIAG COMM ID INET com1 ENTER PASSWORD 818 lt SET SET gt EDIT lt SET SET gt EDIT MODE BAUD RATE TEST PORT TEST INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY SUBNET MASK QUIET COMPUTER SECU
255. orm of a binary number to the CPU The A D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in this calibrator it is used in uni polar mode with a 5V full scale The converter includes 1 over and under range This allows signals from 0 05V to 5 05 to be fully converted For calibration purposes two reference voltages are supplied to the A D converter Reference ground and 44 096 VDC During calibration the device measures these two voltages outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU The CPU uses these values to compute the converter s offset and slope and also uses these factors for subsequent conversions 9 2 4 2 Sensor Inputs The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A D converter through the master multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard Terminating resistors 100 kQ on each of the inputs prevent cross talk between the sensor signals 9 2 4 3 Thermistor Interface This circuit provides excitation termination and signal selection for several negative coefficient thermistors temperature sensors located inside the calibrator 9 2 4 4 Analog Outputs The calibrator comes equipped with one analog output It can be set by the user to carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters see Table 7 4 and will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the value of the parameter 07223C DCN6572 199 Principles of Operation Teledyne
256. orms the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED but on this one channel only AIN CALIBRATED Shows the calibration status YES NO and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital converter circuit on the motherboard Changes to RANGE or REC OFS require recalibration of this output To configure the instrument s TEST CHANNEL set the electronic signal type of each channel and calibrate the outputs This consists of 1 Choosing a TEST CHANNEL function to be output on the channel 2 Selecting a signal level that matches the input requirements of the recording device attached to the channel Determining if the over range feature is needed and turn it on or off accordingly Adding a bipolar recorder offset to the signal if required Section4 9 1 5 5 Calibrating the output channel This can be done automatically or manually for each channel see Section 4 9 2 74 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To access the analog I O configuration sub menu press Make sure that GEN STBY SEQ SETUP the calibrator is in standby mode PRIMARY SETUP MENU 03 MORE SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT SETUPX X ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL VO NEXT ENTR C Continue pressing NEXT until AIO Configuration Submenu DIAG ANALOG
257. otected menus but does not have to enter the required number code 07223C DCN6572 73 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 9 SETUP gt DIAG TEST OUTPUT USING THE TEST CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT The calibrator comes equipped with one analog output It can be set by the user to carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters listed in Table 4 8 and will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the value of the parameter Pin outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are ANALOG OUT tr Figure 4 2 TEST CHANNEL Connector 4 9 1 CONFIGURING THE TEST CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT 4 9 1 1 The Analog I O Configuration Submenu Table 4 7 lists the analog I O functions that are available in the calibrator Table 4 7 DIAG Analog I O Functions SUB MENU FUNCTION AOUTS Shows the status of the analog output calibration YES NO and initiates a calibration CALIBRATED of all analog output channels CAL OUT 1 NOT USED ON THE T703 CAL OUT 2 TEST OUTPUT Configures the 11 analog output RANGE Selects the DCV full scale value of the output OVERRANGE Turns the x 5 over range feature ON OFF for this output channel REC OFS Sets a voltage offset not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop AUTO CAL Sets the channel for automatic or manual calibration CALIBRATED Perf
258. otometer a a a fe te ee ee 1 Photometer Photometer fc EET Detector Status Generator Assembly Photometer UV Lamp LED eer ER eni Sample Gas Temperature Temperature eyes 1 Ab tion tubs Photometer se eter Photometer Detector 4_ Power Supply Photometer Photometer Lamp Heater Figure 9 24 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram Like the generator the O photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the CPU via the motherboard Communications to and from the CPU are handled by the motherboard Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump the UV lamp power supply the U V Lamp heater are issued via the bus to circuitry on the relay which turns them ON OFF The CPU also issues commands over the IC bus that cause the relay PCA to cycle the measure reference valve back and forth Incoming date the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital information by the motherboard Output from the photometers temperature sensors is also amplified and converted to digital data by the motherboard The O concentration of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data along with gas pressure and flow data received from the pressure sensors
259. ough the remote interface Table 4 11 Variable Names VARS NO VARIABLE DESCRIPTION ALLOWED DEFAULT VALUES VALUES 58 C 0 PHOTO LAMP Sets the photometer lamp temperature set 0 and 100 C Warning limits point and warning limits 56 C 61 C 48 C 1 2 Sets the generator lamp temperature set r 5 Warning limit 1 d point and warning limits OC and 100 Set the upper span point of the 2 O3 CONC RANGE concentration range for TEST CHANNEL 0 1 20000 ppb 500 ppb analog signal O3 PHOTO CONC Os bench control flag ON turns on the photometer pump and ON OFF 3 03 PHOTO BENCH ONLY switches measure reference valve only when the mode is set for BNCH See Section 3 4 5 Internal zero air pump control ON OFF 4 ZA PUMP ENAB ON turns on internal zero air pump when ON generating ozone 1 Sets the standard Temperature used in B 8 8 5 STD TEMP calculating Os flow rates and concentrations 0 C and 100 256 1 Sets the standard pressure used in RETER 15 00 50 00 6 STD PRESS calculating Os flow rates and concentrations ERES in Hg A Adjusts the speed of the instrument s clock Choose the sign if the clock is too slow 60 to 60 s day 7 CLOCK ADJ choose the sign if the clock is too fast See Default 0 0 Section 4 7 2 Restarts interval timer since instrument s last 8 SERVICE CLEAR service by setting the value to ON The ON OFF OFF system then resets i
260. ow through the photometer at 800 cm min The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument s front panel e PHOTO FLOW The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in LPM e PHOTO SPRESS the pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube This pressure is reported in inches of mercury absolute in Hg A i e referenced to a vacuum zero absolute pressure This is not the same as PSIG 218 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge 10 A PRIMER ON ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your instrument continues to provide reliable service for a long time This section describes how static electricity occurs why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how to prevent that damage from occurring 10 1 HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED Protons ELecTRO NErCHARGEZU Materials Makes Contact Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of your instrument are very small require very little power and operate very quickly Unfortunately the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity Controlling electrostatic discharge begins with
261. owing sections to name the sequence set its associated parameters and define the steps to be included 4 5 1 1 Activating a Sequence from the T703 T703U Front Panel To activate an already programmed sequence from the front panel press Make sure that the calibrator is in STANDBY mode GEN STBY SEQ STANDBY EXECUTE SEQUENCE A1 ENTR PREV NEXT EXIT Use these buttons to scroll though the list of available Sequences M703E begins to execute sequence Progress of sequence I Progress Field ACT CAL 0 000LPM reported here in the format chosen during lt TST GEN STBY SEQ sequence entry At end of sequence progress report the calibrator remains in mode set by last sequence instruction 07223C DCN6572 53 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 5 1 2 Naming a Sequence The first step of creating a cal ibration sequence is to assign it a name The name can be up to 10 characters and can be comprised of any alpha character A to Z and numeral 0 to 9 or the underscore character To assign a name to a sequence press Make sure that the calibrator is in standby SETUP mode a PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORI fis display only appears if there are no sequences current programmed into the calibrator SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION EXIT OTHERWISE 1
262. p N Connector Generator Reference Detector Generator Reference Detector PCA Figure 9 16 Generator Electronic Components Location 208 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 5 3 1 Generator Temperature Control In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the generator is maintained at a constant 48 C if the lamp temperature falls below 43 C or rises above 53 C a warning is issued by the CPU This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA see Section 9 2 3 2 The location of the thermistor and heater associated with the generator is shown below UV Lamp Generator Heater Control PCA Heater is located beneath Thermistor Figure 9 17 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations 07223C DCN6572 209 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 9 6 PHOTOMETER OPERATION The calibrator s photometer determines the concentration of Ozone in a sample gas drawn through it Sample and calibration gasses must be supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure in order to establish a stable gas flow through the absorption tube where the gas ability to absorb ultraviolet UV radiation of a certain wavelength in this case 254 nm is measured Gas bearing O and zero air are alternately routed through the photometer s ab
263. parate printed circuit assembly called the motherboard 07223C DCN6572 193 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual The motherboard is directly mounted to the inside rear panel and collects data performs signal conditioning duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU and the calibrator s other major components Data are generated by the various sub components of the T703 e g flow data from the concentration from the photometer Analog signals are converted into digital data by a unipolar analog to digital converter located on the motherboard A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the calibrator s major components again through the signal processing capabilities of the motherboard These status reports are used as data for the concentration calculations and as trigger events for certain control commands issued by the CPU They are stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed but the user via the front panel display 9 2 2 CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT CPU The unit s CPU card Figure 9 4 is installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel It is a low power 5 VDC 720mA max high performance Vortex 86SX based microcomputer running Windows CE Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification Disk on Module LVDS DOM transmitter board located on CPU below LVDS transmitter boar
264. pends on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice The larger the hole the more gas molecules moving at the speed of sound pass through the orifice 9 1 2 INTERNAL GAS PRESSURE SENSORS There are two pressure sensors in the T703 T703U one for the regulator and one for the photometer See Figure 3 5 T703 or Figure 3 7 T703U for the location of the Pressure Flow Sensor 100 psig pressure sensor on this PCA is used to monitor the downstream regulator pressure This value is displayed on the front panel as a test measurement called REG PRESSURE A second pressure located on the rear PCA measures the pressure of gas in the photometer s absorption tube This sensor is a 0 15 psia absolute pressure range sensor This data is used by the CPU when calculating the concentration inside the absorption tube This value is displayed on the front panel as a test measurement called PHOTO SPRESS Note that this value is converted to units of Inches of Mercury IN HG A when displayed on the front panel 192 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 2 ELECTRONIC OPERATION 9 2 1 OVERVIEW RS232 2 USB COM Male Female port a
265. press SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMMUNICATIONS MENU D INET COMI COM2 SETUP ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR SETUP DHCP ON SET SET EDIT BUTTON FUNCTION SETUP SET SET EDIT HOSTNAME T703 SETUP HOSTNAME T703 CH CH INS DEL m lt Moves the cursor one character to the left CH Moves the cursor one character to the right INS Inserts a character before the cursor location DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location Press this BUTTON to cycle through the range of numerals and characters available for IG 13 Use these buttons to edit the HOSTNAME insertion 0 9 A Z space HS amp ye Sin 1 ENTR Accepts the new setting and returns to the ISETUP X X HOSTNAME T703 previous menu mx lonores the seting and retums to the cH CH INS DEL 7 ENTR EXIT previous menu Some buttons only appear when applicatie y SETUP X X INITIALIZING INET 0 INITIALIZATION process proceeds automatically Y ENTR accepts the new setting EXIT ignores the new setting SETUP X X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X X INITIALIZATION FA
266. ration PHOTO STABIL X X PPB Photometer concentration stability standard deviation of 25 bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart TEST XXXX X MV Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output selected with TEST_CHAN_ID variable TIME HH MM SS Current instrument time of day clock 24 hour format Test 48 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 2 OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES The T703 calibrator software has a variety of operating modes Most commonly the calibrator will be operating in STANDBY mode In this mode the calibrator and all of its subsystems are inactive although TEST functions and WARNING messages are still updated and can be examined via the front panel display The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode This mode is used for performing certain configuration operations such as programming the concentration of source gases setting up automatic calibration sequences and configuring the analog digital inputs and outputs The SET UP mode is also used for accessing various diagnostic tests and functions during troubleshooting Target Actual ZERO ZERO Figure 4 1 Front Panel Display The Mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the unit is currently running Besides STANDBY and SETUP other modes the calibrator can be operated in are Table 4 2 Calibra
267. rations are controlled from the front panel touch screen control To assist in navigating the system s software a series of menu trees can be found in Appendix A of this manual NOTE The menu flowcharts in this manual depict the manner in which the front panel touchscreen is used to operate the T703 T703U Photometric Calibrator Please refer to Figure 3 3 for an illustration of how the menu flowcharts correlate to the actual front panel The menu flowcharts depict typical representations of the display during the various operations being described they are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display of your system NOTE When editing values in the software the ENTR button may disappear if you select a value that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter e g such as trying to set the 24 hour clock to 25 00 00 Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value the ENTR button will re appear 07223C DCN6572 47 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 1 TEST FUNCTIONS A variety of TEST FUNCTIONS are available for viewing at the front panel whenever the calibrator is at the MAIN MENU These measurements provide information about the present operating status of the calibrator and are useful during troubleshooting see Section 8 Table 6 1 lists the available TEST functions To view these TEST functions press TST
268. re Locations 9 5 3 GENERATOR ELECTRONIC OPERATION Electronically the O generator and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the CPU via the motherboard Sensor signals such as the UV lamp thermistor are routed to the motherboard where they are digitized Digital data is sent by the motherboard to the calibrator s CPU and where required stored in either flash memory or on the CPU s disk on chip Commands from the CPU are sent to the motherboard and forwarded to the various devices via the calibrator s bus 07223C DCN6572 207 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Z Motherboard B amp O Generator Input 5 104 Pressure Sensor Et E as 1 I i 55 Os Generator UV Lamp 8 Ann 8 Temperature g ES IF Gi tor E tH IN Detector 8 Bus 1 18 Generator 15 Lamp Supply 15 19 Id RELAY PCA pr MIT il vee status Yar LED Figure 9 15 Generator Electronic Block Diagram Os Generator Heater Control PCA UV Lamp Power Supply 200 VAC 30 kHz UV Lamp Power Supply Reference Detector Transformer Preamp Power Connector Reference Detector Signal Output to Motherboard UV Lamp Power Connector UV Lam
269. re can affect the efficiency and durability of the Os generators UV 03 LAMP TEMP lamp Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8 1 REG PRESSURE Same as REGULATOR PRESSURE WARNING from Table 8 1 BOX TEMP If the Box Temperature is out of range make sure that the Box Temperature typically runs 7 C warmer than ambient temperature The Exhaust Fan is running The there is sufficient open space to the side and rear of instrument to allow adequate ventilation PHOTO MEASURE amp PHOTO REFERENCE If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter Adjust the variable gain potentiometer on the UV Preamp Board in the optical bench If the value displayed is too low lt 100mV Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply lt 2000 Lamp output has dropped adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp If the value displayed is constantly changing Bad UV lamp Defective UV lamp power supply Failed Bus If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than 10mV between zero and span gas Defective leaking switching valve PHOTO FLOW Gas flow problems directly affect the accuracy of the photometer measurements and therefore the concentration accuracy of cal gas mixtures involving and GPT mixtures Check for Gas Flow problems 07223C DCN6572 165 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator
270. recommended EST FUNCTION Fiel TEST FUNCTION Message Field that you use an ZERO SPAN Span concentration of 400 PPB ACTUAL CONC 400 0 PPB Toggle these buttons to enter 0 4 0 EJ ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the exact span cal value as the new setting measured by the reference photometer ENTR accepts the new settin see figures 8 3 and 8 4 ARE YOU SURE Press YES to changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values for the measurement Press NO to leave the photometer calibration values unchanged 07223C DCN6572 129 Calibration and Verification Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 1 4 O PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION The Dark Calibration Test turns off the Photometer UV Lamp and records any offset signal level of the UV Detector Preamp Voltage to Frequency Converter circuitry This allows the instrument to compensate for any voltage levels inherent in the Photometer detection circuit that might affect the output of the detector circuitry and therefore the calculation of concentration GEN STBY SEQ PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE GAS CONFIG MODE PHOT GAS CONFIG BCAL DARK CALIBRATING DARK OFFSET DARK CAL 34 COMPLETE The DARK CAL procedure progresses automatically until DARK CAL Successful INVALID DARK CAL OFFS XXXX X MV 130 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration
271. roducts and the applications that they serve please visit www teledyne api com or contact sales teledyne api com NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT 2010 2012 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation Inc All rights reserved TRADEMARKS trademarks registered trademarks brand names or product names appearing in this document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein for identification purposes only 07223C DCN6572 i This page intentionally left blank 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents SAFETY MESSAGES Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal injury or instrument damage Please read these messages carefully Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol and are placed throughout this manual and inside the instrument The symbols with messages are defined as follows WARNING Electrical Shock Hazard HAZARD Strong oxidizer GENERAL WARNING CAUTION Read the accompanying message for specific information CAUTION Hot Surface Warning Do Not Touch Touching some parts of the instrument without protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part s and or the instrument Technician Symbol All operations marked with this symbol are to be performed by qualified maintenance personnel only Electrical Ground This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
272. rs that Du Pont markets as Teflon PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride a polymer used for downstream tubing Rdg Reading specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE Data RS 232 Terminal Equipment and DCE Data Circuit terminating Equipment devices using a maximum cable length of 50 feet specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among RS 485 multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS 232 with a much longer distance between the host and the furthest device SAROAD Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data SLAMS State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan SLPM Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure STP Standard Temperature and Pressure Transfer Control Protocol Internet Protocol the standard communications protocol for TCP IP Ethernet devices TEC Thermal Electric Cooler TPC Temperature Pressure Compensation Universal Serial Bus a standard connection method to establish communication between USB peripheral devices and a host controller such as a mouse and or keyboard and a personal computer or laptop VARS Variables the variable settings of the instrument V F Voltage to Frequency zs Zero Span 07223C DCN6572 229 This page intentionally left blank 230 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX A Software Documentation APPENDIX A Software Docum
273. rty of API and is submitted in strictest con fidence for reference only Unauthorized use by anyone for any other purposes is prohibited This document or any information contained it may not be duplicated without proper authorization um TELEDYNE APPROVALS DATE CHECKED SI E DRAWIN NO REVISION A 04420 B LAST OD SHEET 3 Aug 2004 1 of 4 onson gt PCA UV DETECTOR PREAMP D 9 0 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 P2 LAMP OUTPUT n 3 3 TP2 PE 6196 R5 _ TEST PLUG E 15 set 3 2W 6 D 1 97 b D3 D4 T 3 TP4 RP2D Ra 3 TEST PLUG 4 7K 100 T 01 HEADER 4 HA b IRFS20 IRFS20 v 92 1N4148 1N4148 R2 PEOL PL vcc 7 3 9K 1 8 5 GND E M ra 15 1 1 4 ak mba TEST PLUG JUMPER2 ia RPA c ADS321 RMB 6 R14 10 ae 5 EL V V RP2B 8 47K ae B 8 ww gt 16 VREF E R2 n AE OUTPUTA NONINV INPUT 4 R13 e 14 5 R1 OUPUTB cr 2 21K 22 8 7 R15 TEST PLUG SOFT START DISCHARGE 2 p vec 3 EM 1 INV INPUT 6 co m en 1 2150 04 10 SHUTDOWN GROUND H 4 B 0047 01 OSC OUTPUT COMP i 1 M4040CIM3 p 5v 0 1 470 11 TELEDYNE NOTE THIS SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING P
274. s Table A 5 Terminal Command Designators COMMAND ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX DESCRIPTION ID Display help screen and commands list LOGON ID password Establish connection to instrument LOGOFF ID Terminate connection to instrument SET ALL name hexmask Display test s TID LIST ALL name hexmask NAMES HEX Print test s to screen name Print single test CLEAR ALL name hexmask Disable test s SET ALL name hexmask Display warning s wip LIST ALL name hexmask NAMES HEX Print warning s name Clear single warning CLEAR ALL name hexmask Clear warning s ZERO LOWSPAN SPAN 1 2 Enter calibration mode ASEQ number Execute automatic sequence C ID COMPUTE ZERO SPAN Compute new slope offset EXIT Exit calibration mode ABORT Abort calibration sequence LIST Print all signals name value Examine or set I O signal D ID LIST NAMES Print names of all diagnostic tests ENTER name Execute diagnostic test EXIT Exit diagnostic test RESET DATA CONFIG exitcode Reset instrument LIST Print setup variables name value warn low warn high J Modify variable vio name value Modify enumerated variable CONFIG Print instrument configuration MAINT Enter exit maintenance mode MODE Print current instrument mode The command syntax follows the command type separated by a space character Strings in brackets are optional designators The
275. s Table 5 4 Ethernet Status Indicators LED FUNCTION amber link On when connection to the LAN is valid green activity Flickers during any activity on the LAN 5 6 1 CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE USING DHCP The Ethernet feature for your T703 uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP to configure its interface with your LAN automatically This requires your network servers also be running DHCP The calibrator will do this the first time you turn the instrument on after it has been physically connected to your network Once the instrument is connected and turned on it will appear as an active device on your network without any extra set up steps or lengthy procedures 118 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications NOTE It is a good idea to check the INET settings the first time you power up your calibrator after it has been physically connected to the LAN Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the appropriate information from you network server s The Ethernet configuration properties are viewable via the calibrator s front panel Table 5 5 LAN Internet Configuration Properties PROPERTY DEFAULT DESCRIPTION STATE This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF DHCP STATUS ON INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 0 This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each e g 192 168 76 55 IP ADDRESS yet is the ad
276. s MUST comply with the power specs on the calibrator s rear panel Model number label Exhaust gas from ozone generator and photometer option EXHAUST CAUTION Exhaust gas must be vented outside PHOTO ZERO IN Inlet for photometer Zero Gas option PHOTO ZERO OUT Outlet for photometer Zero Gas option PHOTO IN Measurement gas input for O3 photometer option PHOTO OUT Calibration gas outlet to Os photometer option CAL GAS OUT Two outlets for calibration gas VENT Vent port for output manifold DRY AIR IN Inlet for dry air ZERO AIR IN Inlet for external zero air source MUST BE CAPPED WHEN NOT CONNECTED COM 2 Serial communications port for RS 232 or RS 485 option RX TX LEDs indicate receive RX and transmit TX activity on the when blinking RS 232 Serial communications port for RS 232 only DCE DTE Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment during RS 232 communication Section 5 1 1 CONTROL OUT For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers PLCs STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers PLCs ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and or a data logger CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication using Ethernet cable USB Connector for d
277. s Film Resistors 300 7000 ECL 500 500 SCR 500 1000 Schottky TTL 500 2500 Potentially damaging electro static discharges can occur Anytime a charged surface including the human body discharges to a device Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can allow enough discharge to cause damage A similar discharge can occur from a charged conductive object such as a metallic tool or fixture 220 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge e When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device to another surface such as packaging materials work surfaces machine surfaces or other device In some cases charged device discharges can be the most destructive e Atypical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function If the assembly is carrying a static charge as it is connected to ground a discharge will occur e Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro static field a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the device If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere else a second discharge will occur as the charge is
278. s an internal automatic timer that can initiate sequences using the calibrator s built in clock A series of submenus for programming the activities and instructions that make up STEPS ERU the calibration sequence PROGRESS MODE Allows the user to select the reporting style the calibrator uses to report the progress of the sequences on the front panels display as it runs The types of instruction steps available for creating calibration sequences are presented in Table 4 4 Table 4 4 Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction INSTRUCTION NAME DESCRIPTION GENERATE Puts the instrument into GENERATE mode Similar in operation and effect to the GENERATE gt AUTO function used at the front panel DURATION Adds a period of time between the previous instruction and the next Calls another sequence to be executed at this time The calling sequence will EXECSEQ resume running when the called sequence is completed Up to 5 levels of nested sequences can be programmed SETCCOUTPUT Allows the sequence to activate the digital control outputs Similar to the CC OUPUT attribute but can be set and reset by individual steps It is recommended that each calibration sequence be ended with an instruction to return the instrument NOTE to STANDBY mode 52 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To create a sequence use the instructions in the foll
279. s at Start Up Test Functions Defined Calibrator Operating Modes Automatic Calibration SEQU Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction Sequence Progress Reporting Mode Password Levels DIAG Analog I O Function Test Channels Functions Available on the Analog Analog Output Voltage Range Min Max Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration Variable Names VARS COM Port Communication Modes Terminal Mode Software Commands Teledyne API Serial I O Command Types Ethernet Status Indicators LAN Internet Configuration Properties T703 T703U Pressure Sensors T703 T703U Gas Pressure to Output Flow conversion Table 142 1703 Maintenance Schedule Front Panel Warning Messages Test Functions Indicated Failure Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes DC Power Supply Acceptable Level Relay PCA Control Devices Analog Output Test Function Nominal Values Voltage Outputs Status Outputs T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions Check Relay Board Status 5 AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps JP7 Photometer Measurement Reference Cycle
280. s of static fields e Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device NOTE If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti ESD bags or containers available Teledyne API s Technical Support department will supply them see Section 8 8 for contact information Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation 226 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual A Primer on Electro Static Discharge GLOSSARY Note Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual Term Description Definition 10BaseT an Ethernet standard that uses twisted T pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10 megabits per second Mbps 100BaseT same as 10BaseT except ten times faster 100 Mbps APICOM name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne API to its customers ASSY Assembly CAS Code Activated Switch Corona Discharge a frequently luminous discharge at the surface of a conductor or CD between two conductors of the same transmission line accompanied by ionization of the surrounding atmosphere and often by a power loss Converter Efficiency the percentage of light energy that is actually converted into electricity CEM Continuous Emission Monitoring Chemical formulas that may be included in this do
281. s the status of DI Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds indicating that the CPU or PC bus has stopped functioning this Watchdog Circuit automatically shuts all valves and turns off all heaters and lamps 198 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation 9 2 4 MOTHERBOARD This is the largest electronic assembly in the calibrator and is mounted to the rear panel as the base for the CPU board and all I O connectors This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including A D conversion digital input output PC 104 to translation temperature sensor signal processing and is a pass through for the RS 232 and RS 485 signals 9 2 4 1 A to D Conversion Analog signals such as the voltages received from the calibrator s various sensors are converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog to digital converter A D Under the control of the CPU this functional block selects a particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word The A D consists of a voltage to frequency V F converter a programmable logic device PLD three multiplexers several amplifiers and some other associated devices The V F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage The PLD counts the output of the V F converter during a specified time period and sends the result of that count in the f
282. safety grounding point for the instrument CAUTION This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner described in this manual If you use this instrument in a manner other than that for which it was intended unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous consequences gt ODF PEPE NEVER use a gas analyzer to sample any combustible gas es Note Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any other Teledyne API product can be obtained by contacting Teledyne API s Technical Support Department Telephone 800 324 5190 Email sda_techsupport teledyne com or by accessing various service options on our website at http www teledyne api com 07223C DCN6572 iii Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual CONSIGNES DE SECURITE Des consignes de s curit importantes sont fournies tout au long du pr sent manuel dans le but d viter des blessures corporelles ou d endommager les instruments Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes Chaque consigne de s curit est repr sent e par un pictogramme d alerte de s curit ces pictogrammes se retrouvent dans ce manuel et l int rieur des instruments Les symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes AVERTISSEMENT Risque de choc lectrique DANGER Oxydant puissant AVERTISSEMENT G N RAL MISE EN GARDE Lire la consigne compl mentaire pour des r
283. sink up to 50 mA of DC current These outputs can be used interface with devices that accept logic level digital inputs such as programmable logic controllers PLCs Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D NOTE Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from an external device When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature an external dropping resistor must be used to limit the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA At 50 mA the transistor will drop approximately 1 2V from its collector to emitter The status outputs are accessed via a 12 pin connector on the calibrator s rear panel labeled STATUS The function of each pin is defined in Table 3 3 STATUS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D x x of 3 z a of 2f a z 2 2 amp 5 ao lt lt 3 3 4 os 21 2 e z lt lt 8 8 sis a 2 8 EE aj ad 12 u Figure 3 10 Status Output Connector The pin assignments for the Status Outputs are Table 3 3 Status Output Pin Assignments OUTPUT STATUS 3 DEFINITION CONDITION 1 SYSTEM OK On if no faults are present 2 Unassigned 3 CAL ACTIVE On if the calibrator is in GENERATE mode 4 DIAG On if th
284. sorption tube Measurements of the UV light passing through the sample gas with and without present are made and recorded Calibration of the photometer is performed in software and does not require physical adjustments Two internal variables a slope and offset are used to adjust the calibration of the photometer The CPU uses these calibration values the UV absorption measurements made on the sample gas in the absorption tube along with data regarding the current temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final concentration 9 6 1 MEASUREMENT METHOD 9 6 1 1 Calculating O3 Concentration The basic principle by which photometer works is called Beer s Law also referred to as the Beer Lambert equation It defines the how light of a specific wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a certain distance at a given temperature and pressure The mathematical relationship between these three parameters for gasses at Standard Temperature and Pressure STP is Equation 9 5 aLC I IL e atSTP Where is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption is the intensity with absorption is the absorption path or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed is the concentration of the absorbing gas In the case of the Model T703 Ozone 03 is the absorption coefficient that tells how well absorbs light at the specific wavelength of interest 210 07223C DCN657
285. sured to the PHOTO IN fitting e This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure 3 Connect a reference gas Zero Air for the photometer to the PHOTO ZERO IN e This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure To avoid interference effects the reference gas should be from the same source than is being used to feed the ozone generator that is being assayed REFERENCE GAS SOURCE SOURCE TO BE MEASURED PHOTOMETER INLET PHOTOMETER Capped PHOTOMETER ZERO IN PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT EXHAUST line Max Length 3 meters 10 feet EXHAUST ZERO AIR IN DRY AIR IN CAL GAS OUT Capped CAL GAS OUT Photometric Calibrator Figure 4 4 Set up to Measure an External Source 90 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To use the T703 T703U as a photometer press Make sure that the calibrator is in STANDBY mode DO NOT Press the GEN button stanDBy AcT sTANDBY GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE GAS CONFIG PHOT MODE GAS CONFIG BCAL DARK ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons until PASSWORD 717 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL CAL BENCH CAL XZRO XZRO Press XZRO if using an External Generator BCAL XZRO 403 4 PPB ZER
286. t 2012 Feb 10 B 6378 Administrative changes 2010 Nov 12 A 5906 Initial Release 07223C DCN6572 vii Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank viii 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION ShN Enas aaa ana iaaa aes 17 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 T703 T703U Calibrator Overview 1 2 Options 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS 2 1 Specifications 2 2 Approvals and Certifications 2 2 1 Safety 2 22 EMC 2 2 3 Other Type Certifications 3 GETTING STARTED 3 1 Unpacking and Initial Setup 3 1 1 Front Rear and Internal Calibrator Description 3 2 Electrical Connections 3 2 1 Power Connection 3 2 2 Analog output Test Channel Connection 3 2 3 Connecting the Status Outputs 3 2 4 Connecting the Control Inputs 3 2 5 Connecting the Control Outputs 3 2 6 Communication Connections 2 6 1 Ethernet Connection 3 2 6 2 USB Option Connection 3 2 6 3 RS 232 and RS485 Connection 3 2 6 4 Multidrop Network Connection 3 3 Pnenumatic Connections 3 3 1 Dry Air In 3 3 2 Zero Air In 3 3 3 Output Manifold 3 3 4 Exhaust 3 3 5 Measuring An External Ozone Source 3 4 Initial Operation 3 4 1 Start Up 3 4 2 Warm Up 3 4 3 Warning Messages 3 4 4 Functional Check 3 4 5 Operating Modes for the Generator 3 4 5 1 CNS
287. t There are several advantages to this pull through configuration Placing the pump down stream from the absorption tube avoids problems caused by the pumping process heating and compressing the sample In order to measure accurately the presences of low concentrations of in the sample air it is necessary to establish and maintain a relatively constant and stable volumetric flow of sample gas through the photometer The simplest way to accomplish this is by placing a flow control assembly containing a critical flow orifice directly upstream of the pump but down stream from the absorption tube 216 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation The critical flow orifice installed in the pump supply line is tuned to create a gas flow of 800 pressure sensor and a flow sensor located on the generator photometer pressure flow sensor PCA monitor the pressure and flow rate of the gas passing through the photometers absorption tube See Figure 9 18 through Figure 9 22 for depictions of the gas flow related to the photometer 9 6 4 PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC OPERATION Photometer Sample Gas Pressure Sensor Y Motherboard PC 104 AID BU CPU Card onverter Rivet 2 2050 isk on Module Bus Thermistor Interface RELAY Ph
288. t Software Downloads www teledyne api com software 2 the installer file TAPIVCPInstaller exe Teledyne API USB COM Port Driver Driver Installer A Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation Teledyne API USB COM Port Driver Installation Location Driver Version 6 1 C Program Files TAPIVCP_Driver Change Install Location 3 Connectthe USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your calibrator The USB cable should be A Type B cable commonly used as a USB printer cable 4 Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to the USB connection Start Control Panel System Hardware Device Manager This is the com port that should be set in the communications software such as APlcom or Hyperterminal 116 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications Device Manager File Action Help 21 a W Computer 9 Disk drives Display adapters 2 DVD CD ROM drives Floppy disk controllers B Floppy disk drives IDE ATA ATAPI controllers amp Keyboards TS Mice and other pointing devices 9 Monitors Network adapters ZY Ports COM amp LPT Communications Port COMI 8 Processors Sound video and game controllers 1j System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Ref
289. t of the warm up period 07223C DCN6572 163 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 8 1 Front Panel Warning Messages WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration and Calibration data reset to original Factory state Failed Disk on Chip User has erased configuration data DATA INITIALIZED Data Storage in DAS was erased Failed Disk on Module User cleared data LAMP DRIVER WARN The CPU is unable to communicate with either the generator or photometer lamp driver chip has failed O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING IZS Ozone Generator Temp is outside of control range of 48 3 C No IZS option installed instrument improperly configured Os generator heater generator temperature sensor Relay controlling the generator heater Entire Relay PCA Bus 03 GEN REFERENCE WARNING The generator s reference detector output has dropped Possible failure of generator UV Lamp Os generator reference detector PUMP WARNING below 50 mV Os generator lamp power supply bus The photometer pump failed to Failed Pump turn on within the specified timeout period default 30 sec Problem with Relay PCA 12 VDC power supply problem PHOTO LAMP TEMP The photometer lamp temp is Possible fai
290. t the calibrator is in standby mode PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 8 1 8 LC Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL I O NEXT C Continue pressing NEXT until ENTR GEN CALIBRATION GEN CAL 0 COMPLETE EXIT EXIT aborts the calibration Test runs automatically E GEN CAL 100 COMPLETE 07223C DCN6572 137 Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 6 3 CALIBRATING GAS PRESSURE SENSORS The T703 Calibrator has two sensors that monitor the pressure of the gases flowing through the instrument a Regulator pressure sensor and a Photometer Sample Gas pressure sensor The T703U also has those two sensors plus one more an O Generator Regulator pressure sensor The data collected by these sensors are used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in atmospheric pressure and are stored in the CPU s memory as test functions Table 6 1 T703 T703U Pressure Sensors ASSOCIATED PRESSURE MONITOR SENSOR TEST FUNCTION UNITS MEASUREMENT POINT Regulator Pressure Sensor Capped fitting on backside of regulator REG PRESSURE PSIG assembly See Figure 6 5 Use monitor to measure ambient Photometer Sample Gas PHOTO SPRESS IN HG A atmospheric pressure at the calibrator s Pressure Sensor locat
291. t to default OFF 9 TIME SINCE SVC Time since last service in hours 0 500000 0 10 SVC INTERVAL Sets the interval between service reminders 0 100000 0 in hours 1 DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE these values unless instructed to by Teledyne API s Technical Support personnel 2 Only available in calibrators with O3 photometer and generator options installed NOTE There is a 2 second latency period between when a VARS value is changed and the new value is stored into the instrument s memory DO NOT turn the instrument off during this period or the new setting will be lost 88 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator To access and navigate the VARS menu use the following menu button sequenc Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD Lo 40 09 e DO NOT CHANGE these settings unless specifically instructed to by Teledyne API s Customer Service personnel DO NOT CHANGE these settings unless SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS D ENTER PASSWORD 8 1 8 ENTR ISETUPXX 0 PHOTO LAMP NEXT JUMP 10 58 0 DegC JUMP EDIT PRNT Y 2 03_ _ 500 0 PPB NEXT JUMP EDIT In all cases
292. tage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration MINIMUM ADJUSTMENT 1 count 0 0005V 90 mv 0 001V 0 02 mv 0 001V 900 mV 0 001V 0 24 mV 0 002V 4500 mV 0 003V 1 22 mV 0 004V 4500 mV 0 006V 2 44 mV ZERO SPAN TOLERANCE SRAN VOLTAGE TOLERANCE 07223C DCN6572 85 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT AOUTS CALIBRATED NO CAL Continue pressing SET gt until you reach the output to be configured DIAG TEST OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT RANGE 5V SET EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL EXIT n DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT VOLT Z 0 mV U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT These buttons increase decrease the analog output signal level not the value on the display by 100 10 or 1 counts Continue adjustments until the voltage measured at the output of U100 UP10 the analyzer and or the input of the recording device matches the value in the upper right hand corner of the display within the tolerances listed in Table 6 10 DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT CALIBRATED YES DIAG AIO TEST OUTPUT VOLT S 450
293. th both when O is present and when it is not A valve called the measure reference valve physically located on front left corner of the O generator assembly see Figures 3 4 and 9 14 alternates the gas stream flowing to the photometer between zero air diluent gas and output from the generator This cycle takes about 6 seconds 07223C DCN6572 211 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 9 3 Photometer Measurement Reference Cycle TIME INDEX STATUS 0 sec Measure Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path 0 2 sec Wait Period Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any previously present gasses 2 3 sec Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of bearing Sample Gas 1 during this period 3 sec Measure Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path 3 5 sec Wait Period Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of bearing gas 5 6 sec Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of bearing Sample Gas lo during this period CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS ZEROARIN DRYARIN oN PHOTO ZERO IN PHOTOMETER BENCH Figure 9 18 T703 Photometer Gas Flow Measure Cycle 212 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principl
294. the interconnect drawing and interconnect list in Appendix D with the voltage displayed through the signal I O function e Ifthe wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and displayed voltage 10 mV then the motherboard is bad 07223C DCN6572 177 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 9 2 Test Channel Analog Outputs Voltage To verify that the analog output is working properly connect a voltmeter to the output in question and perform an analog output step test as follows GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU Make sure that the calibrator is in standby mode MORE SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM DIAG ENTER PASSWORD ENTR 0 0 0 Toggle to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL PREV NEXT ANALOG OUTPUT Performs analog output step test 0 to 100 ANALOG OUTPUT Pressing the button under 0 pause 20 EXIT the test Brackets will appear around the value EXAMPLE 20 Pressing the same button again will resume the test For each of the steps the output should be within 1 of the nominal value listed in the table below except for the 0 step which should be within 2 to 3 mV Make sure you take into account any offset that may have been programmed into channel See Section 4 9 1 5 178 07223C DC
295. this is true removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to start up but the measurements will be invalid If the instrument stops during initialization the front panel display shows a fault or warning message it is likely that the DOM the firmware or the configuration and data files have been corrupted 07223C DCN6572 181 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 11 RS 232 COMMUNICATIONS 8 4 11 1 General RS 232 Troubleshooting Teledyne API calibrators use the RS 232 communications protocol to allow the instrument to be connected to a variety of computer based equipment RS 232 has been used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult Generally every manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully Problems with RS 232 connections usually center around four general areas Incorrect cabling and connectors See Section 5 1 2 for connector and pin out information The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured See Section 5 1 3 If a modem is being used additional configuration and wiring rules must be observed See Section 5 2 Incorrect setting of the DTE DCE Switch is set correctly See Section 5 1 1 Verify that cable 03596 that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12 of the motherboard is proper
296. tion currently selected TEST FUNCTION Message Field ZERO Allow zero air to enter the PHOTOMETER IN port at the rear of the calibrator XZRO TEST FUNCTION Message Field ZERO XZRO YOU SURE Press YES to changes the YES OFFSET amp SLOPE values for the measurement Press NO to leave the photometer calibration Wait A MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES values unchanged 128 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification 6 1 3 2 Photometer Span Calibration To set the response SLOPE for the T703 Photometric Calibrator s photometer press SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU SEQ MORE GAS CONFIG PHOT GAS CONFIG BCAL SYSTEM ENTER PASSWORD 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggle these buttons until PASSWORD 717 O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL BENCH CAL XSPN Press SPAN if using the Internal SPAN Os Generator Press XSPN if using an External Generator IBCAL XSPN TEST FUNCTION Message Field SPN The Message field displays the Test Function currently selected ZERO Allow calibration gas to gas to enter the PHOTOMETER IN port at the rear of the calibrator Wait A MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES It is
297. to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads the same for all instruments edit as needed so that all instruments are set at the same baud rate NOTE Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link between the Host and the first instrument and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain The communication Host instrument can address only one instrument at a time each by its unique ID see Step 7 above ey Female DB9 2559 9 Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer Last Analyzer 2 2 2 com2 Ensure jumper is installed between JP2 pins 21 lt gt 22 last instrument of multidrop chain Figure 5 4 RS232 Multidrop PCA Host Calibrator Interconnect Diagram 07223C DCN6572 115 Communications Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 5 4 RS 485 CONFIGURATION OF COM2 As delivered from the factory 2 is configured for RS 232 communications This port can be reconfigured for operation as a non isolated half duplex RS 485 port To configure the instrument for RS 485 communication please contact the factory Using COM for RS 485 communications disables the optional USB com port 5 5 REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE USB PORT OPTION The calibrator can be connected to a personal computer by direct connection through their respective USB ports 1 Install the Teledyne T Series USB driver on your computer downloadable from the Teledyne API website under Help Center g
298. tor Operating Modes MODE MEANING DIAG One of the calibrator s diagnostic modes is being utilized When those diagnostic functions that have the greatest potential to conflict with generating concentrations are active the instrument is automatically placed into Standby mode GENERATE In this mode the instrument is engaged in producing calibration gas SETUP SETUP mode is being used to configure the calibrator STANDBY The calibrator is not actively generating gas 1 The revision of the Teledyne API software installed in this calibrator will be displayed following the word SETUP E g SETUP B 4 07223 6572 49 Operating the Calibrator Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 4 3 STANDBY MODE When the T703 Photometric Calibrator is in standby mode it is at rest Some functions under the SETUP gt MORE gt DIAG submenu those which conflict with accurate creation of calibration gas mixtures e g ANALOG OUTPUT STEP TEST automatically place the calibrator into STANDBY mode when activated NOTE The T703 T703U calibrator should always be placed in STANDBY mode when not needed to produce calibration gas This can be done manually by pressing the STBY button that appears when the calibrator s display is showing the top level menu see Figure 4 1 When programming a calibration sequences the STANDBY step should always be inserted at the end of the sequence
299. tor Valve D15 Green Photometer Lamp Heater 016 Green Generator Lamp Heat D1 RED Watchdog Indicator Figure 9 7 Status LED Locations Relay 07223C DCN6572 197 Principles of Operation Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 9 1 Relay Board Status LEDs LED COLOR DESCRIPTION FUNCTION INDICATION D1 Red Me RC PC bus Blinks when bus is operating properly D2 Yellow Zero Air Pump option Status When lit the zero air AC pump is running D3 6 SPARE When lit the valve open to the Measure D7 Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve gas path when not lit while instrument is Status running the valve is open to the Reference gas path D8 Green Zero Air Shutoff Valve option Status When lit ZA shutoff valve open D9 Green Pump Status When lit pump running 010 Green T703U Divert Valve Status when lit divert valve open D11 Green T703U Generator Valve Status When lit generator valve open D12 14 SPARE D15 Green Photometer Lamp Heater Status icon ln the photometer UV lamp neater D16 Green Generator Lamp Heater poe lit the Os generator UV lamp heater 9 2 3 4 Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator D1 The most important of the status LEDs on the relay board is the red Bus watchdog LED It is controlled directly by the calibrator s CPU over the bus Special circuitry on the relay PCA watche
300. tors for remote communications interfaces This section describes those features 3 2 6 1 Ethernet Connection For network or Internet communication with the instrument connect an Ethernet cable from the instrument s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port The T703 firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP default setup for remote operation via an Ethernet connection If your network also supports DHCP the calibrator will automatically configure its LAN connection appropriately see Section 5 6 1 If your network does not support DHCP see Section 5 6 1 1 for instructions on manually configuring the LAN connection 3 2 6 2 USB Option Connection For direct communication between the instrument and a personal computer PC connect a USB cable between the instrument and desktop or laptop USB ports If this option is installed the COM2 port can only be used for RS232 multidrop communication The Teledyne T Series USB driver must be installed See Section 5 5 3 2 6 3 RS 232 and RS485 Connection For RS 232 communications through the serial interface COMM ports refer to Section 5 1 1 of this manual for instructions on configuration and usage For RS 485 communication contact the factory 3 2 6 4 Multidrop Network Connection If your unit has a Teledyne API RS 232 multidrop card Option 62 see Section 5 3 for instructions on setting it up 07223C DCN6572 37 Getting Started Teledyne
301. transferred from the device to ground 10 3 COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE e ldidn t feel a shock so there was no electro static discharge The human nervous system is not able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts Most devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower than that e ldidn ttouch it so there was no electro static discharge Electro Static charges are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet away from the surface bearing the charge e It still works so there was no damage Sometimes the damaged caused by electro static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to fail immediately More likely the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage causing degraded performance of the device or worse weakening the trace This weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time but even the very low voltage and current levels of the device s normal operating levels will eat away at the defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in which the damaged device is installed causes down time lost data lost productivity as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment or property e Static Charges can t build up on a conductive surface There are two errors in this statement Conductive devices can buil
302. tween 1 and 4 representing the binary setting of bits 1 through 4 and The right digit will be a number between 1 and 4 representing the binary setting of bits 5 through 8 LEVELID STATUS BLOCK 1 setting 0000 0100 25 150 PPB 04 83 1000 0011 STATUS BLOCK 2 setting CONCENTRATION Figure 4 5 LEADS Level Display Format 96 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator 4 12 6 CONFIGURING LEVEL STATUS BLOCKS There are two STATUS BLOCKS associated with LEADS LEVELS e BLOCK 1 This block corresponds to the physical CONTROL OUTPUT connections located on the back panel of the T703 see Figure 3 4 Figure 3 12 and Section 3 2 5 e BLOCK 2 The second status block does not correspond to any physical output but is used to communicate status over the serial data port To configure the either of the STATUS BLOCKS press re that the calibrator standby mod GEN STBY SEQ SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU LEVL MORE LEVEL ID Gas Conc Status Block Set g PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT Toggle to scroll to the LEVEL for editing SETUP LEVEL NUMBER 12 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET gt until Desired Status Block is reached SETUP X X STATUS BLOCK 2 DISABLED lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT SETUP STATUS BLOCK 2 0FF EXT dh the ENTER EXIT LE new setting
303. umeric Default Value Description Units Value Range LAMP PWR ENABLE ON OFF ON ON enables photometer lamp power cycling OFF disables it LAMP PWR PERIOD Hours 24 0 01 1000 Photometer lamp power cycling period LAMP OFF DELAY Seconds 0 1 0 02 5 Length of time photometer lamp is turned off DET_VALID_DELAY Seconds 20 1 300 Delay until valid concentration is computed REF_SDEV_LIMIT mV 3 0 1 100 Photometer reference standard deviation must be below this limit to switch out of startup mode PATH LENGTH cm 41 96 0 01 99 999 Photometer detector path length BOX SET 9 30 0 100 Internal box temperature set Warnings point and warning limits 5 45 GAS_MOL_WEIGHT MolWt 32 1 99 999 Molar mass of sample gas for computing concentrations by weight instead of volume SERIAL NUMBER 00000000 Any character Unique serial number for in the allowed instrument character set Up to 100 characters long DISP INTENSITY HIGH HIGH Front panel display intensity MED Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 LOW interface DIM I2C RESET ENABLE ON OFF ON bus automatic reset enable A 16 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API Models T703 T703U 703E MENU TREES 05745 DCN6572 APPENDIX 2 Serial I O Setup Variables Setup Variable Numeric Units Default Value Value Range Description CLOCK FORMAT 5 Any character in th
304. understanding how electro static charges occur in the first place Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other As the atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate some electrons from one surface are retained by the other Materials Separate Protons 23 Ro eS Pero ELECTRONS 3 LECTRONS F NET CHARGE 0 NET CHARGE 1 NET CHARGE 1 Figure 10 1 Triboelectric Charging If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place or static The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor With each step electrons change places and the resulting electro static charge builds up quickly reaching significant levels Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a workbench using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of Styrofoam pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges 07223C DCN6572 219 A Primer lectro Static Discharge Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Table 10 1 Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities MEANS OF GENERATION 65 90 RH 10 25 RH Walking across ny
305. use if when the instrument should be returned to the factory for repair and or calibration service See Warranty section in this manual and shipping procedures on our Website at http www teledyne api com under Customer Support gt Return Authorization WARNING N NEVER DISCONNECT ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARDS WIRING HARNESSES OR ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE THE UNIT IS UNDER POWER 1 Inspect the received packages for external shipping damage If damaged please advise the shipper first then Teledyne API 2 Included with your calibrator is a printed record of the final performance characterization performed on your instrument at the factory This record titled Final Test and Validation Data Sheet P N 05760 is an important quality assurance and calibration record for this instrument It should be placed in the quality records file for this instrument 3 Carefully remove the top cover of the calibrator and check for internal shipping damage e Remove the set screw located in the top center of the front panel 07223C DCN6572 23 Getting Started Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual e Remove the 2 screws fastening the top cover to the unit one per side towards the rear Slide the cover backwards until it clears the calibrator s front bezel e the cover straight up 4 Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other components are in good shape a
306. utlet capable of carrying at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth ground WARNING HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE CALIBRATOR S CHASSUS POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG TURN OFF CALIBRATOR POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES CAUTION AVOID PERSONAL INJURY DO NOT LOOK AT THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP UV LIGHT CAN CAUSE EYE DAMAGE ALWAYS WEAR GLASSES MADE FROM SAFETY UV FILTERING GLASS PLASTIC GLASSES ARE INADEQUATE 3 2 2 ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL CONNECTIONS The T703 is equipped with an analog output channel accessible through a connector on the back panel of the instrument The standard configuration for this output is 0 5 VDC It can be set by the user to output one of a variety of diagnostic test functions see Section 4 9 To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and or data logger to the appropriate analog output connections on the rear panel of the calibrator Pin outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are ANALOG OUT Figure 3 9 TEST CHANNEL Connector 32 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started 3 2 3 CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS The status outputs report calibrator conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors which
307. voltage across pins 1 and 2 e Ifthe FET Driver Q2 checks out OK the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp assembly may have failed e Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater Thermistor and measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6 pin connector resistance near the 58 C set point is 8 1k ohms 07223C DCN6572 183 General Troubleshooting amp Service Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual 8 4 12 4 Ozone Generator Temperature There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have failed The generator heater has failed Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the 6 pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Generator It should be approximately 5 Ohms Assuming that the bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed Using the O3 GEN HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I O function of the DIAG menu as described above turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay Board If the FET Driver has failed there should be no change in the voltage across pins 1 and 2 If the FET Driver checks out OK the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp assembly may have failed Unplug the connector to the Ozone Generator Heater Thermistor PCB and measure the resistance of the thermistor between
308. will operate with any of the specified power regimes As long as system is connected to 100 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display e Internally the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA motherboard and CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied If they do not check the circuit breaker built into the ON OFF switch on the instruments front panel A CAUTION SHOULD THE AC POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT THE CONDITION CAUSING THIS SITUATION BEFORE TURNING THE CALIBRATOR BACK ON 172 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting amp Service 8 4 3 DC POWER SUPPLY If you have determined that the calibrator s AC mains power is working but the unit is still not operating properly there may be a problem with one of the instrument s switching power supplies The supplies can have two faults namely no DC output and noisy output To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems the wiring used to connect the various printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the associated test points on the relay PCA follow a standard color coding scheme as defined in the following table le le le le e Figure 8 4 Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA Table 8 6 DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes NAME
309. y Test Record and Functions analyze Photometer Pump No Replacement Required Under Normal Circumstances the Pumps Will Last the Lifetime of the Instrument Diaphragm Dry Air Pump Replace Annually Diaphragm Cleaning of the Photometer Absorption Tube Should Not Be Required Inspect as long as 225 AsNeeded Veneno ONLY CLEAN DRY PARTICULATE FREE Clean Zero Air Diluent Gas is used with the T703 Calibrator Annually or after any Maintenance or Repair Perform Verify Leak Leak Check Tight Pneumatic Examine AS nesded Yes if lines and clean cleaned 151 07223C DCN6572 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual This page intentionally left blank 152 07223C DCN6572 Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 7 2 PERFORMING LEAK CHECKS Leaks are the most common cause of instrument malfunction Section 7 2 1 describes a procedure for performing a leak check 7 2 1 PRESSURE LEAK CHECK The following pressure leak check instructions can be used with either a leak checker similar to the Teledyne API s part number 01960 which contains a small pump shut off valve and pressure gauge or a tank of pressurized gas with the two stage regulator adjusted to lt 15 psi a shutoff valve and pressure gauge may be used
310. ycl 9 6 1 3 The Absorption Path 9 6 1 4 Interferent Rejection 9 6 2 Photometer Layout 9 6 3 Photometer Pneumatic Operation 9 6 4 Photometer Electronic Operation 9 6 4 1 Photometer Temperature Control 9 6 4 2 Pneumatic Sensors for the Photometer 10 A PRIMER ON ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE 10 1 How Static Charges are 10 2 How Electro Static Charges Cause Damage 10 3 Common Myths About ESD Damage 10 4 Basic Principles of Static Control 10 4 1 General Rules 10 4 2 Basic anti ESD Procedures for Instrument Repair and Maintenance 10 4 2 1 Working at the Instrument 10 4 2 2 Working at an Anti ESD Work Bench 10 4 2 3 Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back 10 4 2 4 Opening Shipments from Teledyne API 10 4 2 5 Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API 199 200 200 200 200 201 202 203 204 204 205 205 207 207 209 210 210 210 211 214 215 216 07223C DCN6572 xiii Table of Contents Teledyne API T703 T703U Calibrator Operation Manual LIST OF FIGURES Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 F

Teledyne VCR T703U User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents